WO2021168835A1 - Method, apparatus and device for determining status of harq process - Google Patents

Method, apparatus and device for determining status of harq process Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021168835A1
WO2021168835A1 PCT/CN2020/077285 CN2020077285W WO2021168835A1 WO 2021168835 A1 WO2021168835 A1 WO 2021168835A1 CN 2020077285 W CN2020077285 W CN 2020077285W WO 2021168835 A1 WO2021168835 A1 WO 2021168835A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
information
harq process
harq
indication information
feedback function
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/077285
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
吴作敏
Original Assignee
Oppo广东移动通信有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 filed Critical Oppo广东移动通信有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2020/077285 priority Critical patent/WO2021168835A1/en
Priority to CN202080085039.1A priority patent/CN114788204B/en
Publication of WO2021168835A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021168835A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a method, device and equipment for determining the state of a HARQ process.
  • Non-terrestrial communication network refers to a communication network between terminal equipment and satellites (also called network equipment).
  • retransmission can be performed through a hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) mechanism.
  • HARQ hybrid automatic repeat request
  • the terminal device decodes the downlink data and sends HARQ feedback to the network device according to the decoding result.
  • the network device After the network device receives the HARQ-ACK feedback sent by the terminal device, the network device sends other downlink data corresponding to the HARQ process to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device In the uplink process, within the preset time period after the terminal device sends uplink data to the network device through the HARQ process, if the network device schedules the terminal device to transmit uplink data through the HARQ process, the terminal device ignores the HARQ process. Scheduling, that is, the terminal device does not transmit uplink data through the HARQ process. However, because the transmission delay between the terminal device and the network device is relatively large, and the number of interactions for data transmission through the HARQ mechanism is relatively large, the efficiency of data transmission through the HARQ mechanism is low.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a method for determining the state of the HARQ process, which improves the efficiency of data transmission.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a method for determining the status of a hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ process, including:
  • the terminal device receives instruction information sent by the network device, where the instruction information is used to determine the HARQ feedback function state of the first hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ process, and the HARQ feedback function state includes a disabled state or an enabled state;
  • the terminal device determines the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process according to the indication information.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a method for determining the status of a HARQ process
  • the network device generates indication information, the indication information is used to determine the HARQ feedback function state of the first hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ process, and the HARQ feedback function state includes a disabled state or an enabled state;
  • the network device sends the indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information is used by the terminal device to determine the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an apparatus for determining the state of a HARQ process of a hybrid automatic repeat request, including: a receiving module and a processing module, where:
  • the receiving module is configured to receive indication information sent by a network device, where the indication information is used to determine the HARQ feedback function state of the first hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ process, and the HARQ feedback function state includes the disabled state or the enabled state.
  • Energy state is used to determine the HARQ feedback function state of the first hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ process, and the HARQ feedback function state includes the disabled state or the enabled state.
  • the processing module is configured to determine the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process according to the indication information.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an apparatus for determining the status of a hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ process, which includes a processing module and a sending module, where:
  • the processing module is configured to generate indication information, the indication information is used to determine the HARQ feedback function state of the first hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ process, and the HARQ feedback function state includes a disabled state or an enabled state;
  • the sending module is configured to send the indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information is used by the terminal device to determine the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a terminal device, including: a transceiver, a processor, and a memory;
  • the memory stores computer execution instructions
  • the processor executes the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory, so that the processor executes the method for determining the state of the HARQ process according to any one of the first aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a network device, including: a transceiver, a processor, and a memory;
  • the memory stores computer execution instructions
  • the processor executes the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory, so that the processor executes the method for determining the status of the HARQ process according to any one of the second aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium having computer-executable instructions stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer-executable instructions are executed by a processor, they are used to implement any one of the first aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium having computer-executable instructions stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer-executable instructions are executed by a processor, they are used to implement any one of the second aspect.
  • the network device may indicate the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process through the indication information.
  • the terminal device may determine the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process according to the indication information.
  • the terminal device In the downlink process, when the first HARQ process is in the disabled state, the terminal device does not need to feed back the first HARQ process to the network device, and the network device can continue to transmit other data to the terminal device through the first HARQ process, so that The network device does not need to wait, and the data transmission efficiency between the terminal device and the network device is improved.
  • the terminal device when the first HARQ process is in the disabled state, after the terminal device transmits uplink data through the first HARQ process, the terminal device does not need to wait for the preset time, and the terminal device can be scheduled to pass through the first HARQ process again Uplink data transmission improves the efficiency of data transmission between terminal equipment and network equipment.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of HARQ process and RTT provided by an embodiment of this application;
  • 2A is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a communication system provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • 2B is a schematic structural diagram of another communication system provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of processing a HARQ process in a non-enabled state according to an embodiment of the application
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a method for determining the status of a HARQ process according to an embodiment of the application
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of another method for determining the status of a HARQ process according to an embodiment of the application
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of another method for determining the status of a HARQ process according to an embodiment of the application
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of still another method for determining the status of a HARQ process according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of the HARQ feedback state of a HARQ process provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of the HARQ feedback state of another HARQ process provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of the HARQ feedback state of another HARQ process according to an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of the HARQ feedback state of another HARQ process provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for determining the state of a HARQ process according to an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of another HARQ process state determination apparatus provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of another HARQ process state determining apparatus provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of still another HARQ process state determining apparatus provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • GSM Global System of Mobile Communication
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • WCDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • GPRS General Packet Radio Service
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • LTE-A Advanced Long Term Evolution
  • NR New Radio
  • evolution system of NR system LTE (LTE-based access to unlicensed spectrum, LTE-U) system on unlicensed spectrum, NR (NR-based access to unlicensed spectrum) unlicensed spectrum, NR-U) system, non-terrestrial communication network (Non-Terrestrial Networks, NTN) system, Universal Mobile Telecommunication System (UMTS), wireless local area network (Wireless Local Area Networks, WLAN), wireless fidelity (Wireless Fidelity, WiFi), next-generation communication (5th-Generation, 5G) system, or other communication systems, etc.
  • GSM Global System of Mobile Communication
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • WCDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • GPRS General Packet Radio Service
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • D2D Device to Device
  • M2M Machine to Machine
  • MTC machine type communication
  • V2V vehicle to vehicle
  • the communication system in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to a carrier aggregation (Carrier Aggregation, CA) scenario, can also be applied to a dual connectivity (DC) scenario, and can also be applied to a standalone (SA) deployment.
  • CA Carrier Aggregation
  • DC dual connectivity
  • SA standalone
  • the embodiment of the application does not limit the applied frequency spectrum.
  • the embodiments of this application can be applied to licensed spectrum or unlicensed spectrum (also referred to as unlicensed spectrum or shared spectrum).
  • the embodiments of this application describe various embodiments in combination with network equipment and terminal equipment.
  • the terminal equipment usually has a wireless transceiver function, which can also be called User Equipment (UE), access terminal, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile Station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user device, etc.
  • UE User Equipment
  • the terminal device can be a station (STAION, ST) in a WLAN, a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (Wireless Local Loop, WLL) station, and personal digital processing (Personal Digital Assistant, PDA) devices, handheld devices with wireless communication capabilities, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, and next-generation communication systems, such as terminal devices in the NR network or Terminal equipment in the public land mobile network (PLMN) network that will evolve in the future.
  • STAION, ST station
  • WLAN Wireless Local Loop
  • PDA Personal Digital Assistant
  • the terminal device can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld, wearable, or vehicle-mounted; it can also be deployed on water (such as ships, etc.); it can also be deployed in the air (such as airplanes, balloons, and satellites).
  • land including indoor or outdoor, handheld, wearable, or vehicle-mounted; it can also be deployed on water (such as ships, etc.); it can also be deployed in the air (such as airplanes, balloons, and satellites).
  • First class can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld, wearable, or vehicle-mounted; it can also be deployed on water (such as ships, etc.); it can also be deployed in the air (such as airplanes, balloons, and satellites).
  • the terminal device may be a mobile phone (mobile phone), a tablet computer (Pad), a computer with wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (AR) ) Terminal equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, vehicle-mounted terminal equipment, wireless terminals in self-driving (self-driving), wireless terminal equipment in remote medical, and smart grid (smart grid) Wireless terminal equipment, wireless terminal equipment in transportation safety, wireless terminal equipment in smart city, wireless terminal equipment in smart home, wearable terminal equipment, etc.
  • a virtual reality virtual reality
  • AR augmented reality
  • the terminal equipment involved in the embodiments of the present application may also be referred to as a terminal, user equipment (UE), access terminal equipment, vehicle-mounted terminal, industrial control terminal, UE unit, UE station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station , Remote terminal equipment, mobile equipment, UE terminal equipment, wireless communication equipment, UE agent or UE device, etc.
  • the terminal device can also be fixed or mobile.
  • the terminal device may be a wearable device.
  • Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices. It is a general term for the application of wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is directly worn on the body or integrated into the user's clothes or accessories. Wearable devices are not only a kind of hardware device, but also realize powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, complete or partial functions that can be achieved without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, and need to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones.
  • the network device may be a device used to communicate with mobile devices.
  • the network equipment can be an Access Point (AP) in WLAN, a Base Transceiver Station (BTS) in GSM or CDMA, a base station (NodeB, NB) in WCDMA, or a base station in LTE Evolutional Node B (eNB or eNodeB), or relay station or access point, or in-vehicle equipment, wearable equipment, and network equipment (gNB) in the NR network or network equipment in the future evolved PLMN network, etc.
  • AP Access Point
  • BTS Base Transceiver Station
  • NodeB base station
  • eNB LTE Evolutional Node B
  • gNB network equipment
  • the network device may have mobile characteristics, for example, the network device may be a mobile device.
  • the network equipment can be a satellite or a balloon station.
  • the satellite may be a low earth orbit (LEO) satellite, a medium earth orbit (MEO) satellite, a geostationary earth orbit (GEO) satellite, or a high elliptical orbit (High Elliptical Orbit, HEO). ) Satellite etc.
  • the network device may also be a base station installed in a location such as land or water.
  • the network equipment provides services for the cell, and the terminal equipment communicates with the network equipment through the transmission resources (for example, frequency domain resources, or spectrum resources) used by the cell.
  • the cell may be a network
  • the cell corresponding to the device such as a base station).
  • the cell can belong to a macro base station or a base station corresponding to a small cell.
  • the small cell here can include: Metro cell, Micro cell, Pico Pico cells, femto cells, etc., these small cells have the characteristics of small coverage and low transmit power, and are suitable for providing high-rate data transmission services.
  • Downlink control information For terminal devices with downlink services, the network device can schedule the physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) transmission for the terminal device through the downlink authorized DCI.
  • the downlink authorized DCI includes physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) resource indication information.
  • the terminal device After the terminal device receives the PDSCH, the terminal device can determine the decoding result (ACK or NACK information) of the PDSCH, and pass the The PUCCH resource feeds back the decoding result to the network device.
  • the DCI format for PDSCH scheduling includes DCI format 1_0, DCI format 1_1, and DCI format 1_2. In the following, the information fields and bit sizes included in the DCI of each DCI format are introduced in conjunction with Table 1, Table 2 and Table 3 respectively.
  • the downlink allocation index, the TPC command of the predetermined PUCCH, the PUCCH resource indication, and the PDSCH to HARQ feedback timing indication information field are used to feed back the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the PDSCH transmission.
  • the downlink allocation index, the TPC command of the predetermined PUCCH, the PUCCH resource indicator, and the PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indication information field are used to feed back the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the PDSCH transmission.
  • the size of most information fields included in DCI can be configured by network equipment through high-level parameters (for example, radio resource control (RRC) signaling) of.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the number of bits corresponding to the information field in the DCI format is 0, it means that the information field may not be included in the DCI format.
  • the above DCI may include the channel access indication (ChannelAccess-CPext) information field; if the communication between the network device and the terminal device occurs on the licensed spectrum, the above DCI does not include the channel access indication (ChannelAccess-CPext) information area.
  • the network device can schedule physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) transmission for the terminal device through the uplink authorization DCI.
  • the uplink authorized DCI may include indication information for determining the PUSCH resource, and the terminal device may transmit the PUSCH on the determined PUSCH resource according to the uplink authorized DCI.
  • the DCI format for scheduling PUSCH transmission includes DCI format 0_0, DCI format 0_1, or DCI format 0_2.
  • Hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) mechanism The HARQ mechanism is a medium access control (MAC) layer retransmission mechanism. The HARQ mechanism can retransmit data that has been lost or transmitted incorrectly. .
  • the HARQ process includes an uplink HARQ process and a downlink HARQ process, and the uplink HARQ process and the downlink HARQ process are independent of each other.
  • a stop-and-wait protocol (stop-and-wait protocol) is usually used for HARQ retransmission.
  • the sender sends a transport block (TB) through a HARQ process, it stops and waits for the confirmation message sent by the receiver (the confirmation message is used to indicate whether the receiver receives the transmission correctly Block TB).
  • the sender cannot send other TBs to the terminal device through the HARQ process.
  • the receiving end After the receiving end receives a TB corresponding to the HARQ process, the receiving end decodes the TB. If the decoding is successful, the receiving end sends an acknowledgement message (ACK) to the sending end.
  • ACK acknowledgement message
  • the receiving end sends an acknowledgement message (ACK) to the sending end.
  • the sender sends a negative acknowledgement (NACK).
  • NACK negative acknowledgement
  • the sending end receives the ACK information corresponding to the HARQ process
  • the sending end can send other TBs to the receiving end through the HARQ process.
  • the sender receives the NACK corresponding to the HARQ process, or the sender does not receive any response for a long time, the sender can retransmit the TB through the HARQ process.
  • the sending end is a network device
  • the receiving end may be a terminal device.
  • the sending end is a terminal device
  • the receiving end may be a network device or another terminal device.
  • the network device can indicate the maximum number of HARQ processes in uplink and downlink to the terminal device by means of, for example, radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC) signaling semi-static configuration. If the network device does not provide corresponding configuration parameters, the number of downlink HARQ processes may be a default value of 8, for example.
  • the maximum number of HARQ processes supported by each carrier in the uplink can be 16. Among them, each HARQ process corresponds to a HARQ process number (HARQ process number, HPN), and the HARQ process number is also called HARQID (Identity, identification).
  • Figure 1 illustrates how the number of HARQ processes and the round-trip transmission time RTT affect the throughput of data transmission.
  • the maximum number of HARQ processes configured by the terminal device is 16.
  • the 16 HARQ processes include HARQ0 to HARQ15, and the 16 HARQ processes can be continuously scheduled within 16ms. Among them, for a HARQ process such as HARQ0, after it is scheduled, the HARQ process HARQ0 is in a stopped state during the data round-trip process and cannot be used to transmit other data. Therefore, the maximum number of HARQ processes in the terminal device shown in Figure 1 is In the scenario of 16, there may be the following situations:
  • the terminal device can always have parallel HARQ processes (one or more of HARQ1 to HARQ15) for data transmission;
  • HARQ0 can be used to transmit data again. Therefore, data can be continuously transmitted on the HARQ entity composed of HARQ0 to HARQ15 without affecting the maximum throughput of the terminal device.
  • the RTT is equal to 16ms and the maximum number of HARQ processes configured for the terminal device is 16, it can be seen that there are always HARQ processes that can transmit service data; however, if the maximum number of HARQ processes configured for the terminal device is less than 16, then When there is service data to be transmitted, it is possible that all HARQ processes are in a state of waiting for feedback from the network equipment, and then no HARQ process is available at this time, which affects the throughput of terminal equipment data transmission.
  • the RTT in the NTN system can reach 600ms.
  • the RTT in the NTN system can reach 600ms.
  • all HARQ processes of the terminal device are in a state of not receiving feedback from the network device, and the terminal device has business data to be transmitted when , There will be no HARQ process available for a long time, which will seriously affect the throughput of terminal equipment data transmission.
  • the number of HARQ processes configured by the terminal device does not match the system RTT, and ultimately the system performance is degraded.
  • an embodiment of the present application proposes a method for determining the state of the HARQ process.
  • the communication system in this application is The architecture is explained.
  • FIG. 2A is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a communication system provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • a terminal device 201 and a satellite 202 which includes a terminal device 201 and a satellite 202, and wireless communication can be performed between the terminal device 201 and the satellite 202.
  • the network formed between the terminal device 201 and the satellite 202 may also be referred to as NTN.
  • the satellite 202 has the function of a base station, and the terminal device 201 and the satellite 202 can directly communicate with each other. Under the system architecture, the satellite 202 can be referred to as a network device.
  • FIG. 2B is a schematic diagram of the architecture of another communication system provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 2B which includes a terminal device 301, a satellite 302, and a base station 303.
  • the terminal device 301 and the satellite 302 can communicate wirelessly, and the satellite 302 and the base station 303 can communicate.
  • the network formed between the terminal device 301, the satellite 302, and the base station 303 may also be referred to as NTN.
  • the satellite 302 does not have the function of a base station, and the communication between the terminal device 101 and the base station 303 needs to be relayed by the satellite 302.
  • the base station 103 can be referred to as a network device.
  • FIGS. 2A-2B are only examples of the systems applicable to this application.
  • the methods shown in the embodiments of this application can also be applied to other systems, such as 5G communication systems, LTE communication systems, etc.
  • the embodiments of this application do not specifically limit this.
  • the embodiments of the present application may include at least part of the following content.
  • the network device in order to improve the data transmission efficiency between the terminal device and the network device, for the downlink HARQ process of the terminal device, can configure or instruct the downlink to the terminal device
  • the HARQ feedback function status corresponding to the HARQ process For example, the HARQ feedback function state corresponding to the downlink HARQ process is configured as the disabled state.
  • the terminal device determines that the HARQ feedback function status corresponding to the downlink HARQ process is in the disabled state, the terminal device is scheduled by the downlink authorization to receive data on the downlink HARQ process, and does not perform the HARQ process according to the downlink authorization. Perform HARQ-ACK information feedback.
  • the network device does not need to wait for the HARQ-ACK information feedback corresponding to the HARQ process, and can continue to schedule other data to the terminal device through the HARQ process, so that the network device does not need to wait, and the data transmission efficiency between the terminal device and the network device is improved.
  • the network device may configure or indicate the HARQ feedback function status corresponding to the uplink HARQ process to the terminal device.
  • the HARQ feedback function state corresponding to the uplink HARQ process is configured as the disabled state.
  • the terminal device determines that the HARQ feedback function status corresponding to the uplink HARQ process is in the disabled state, the terminal device is scheduled to be uplink authorized to send the TB on the uplink HARQ process without waiting for the network device’s feedback for the TB.
  • the uplink HARQ process can be used to transmit another TB again according to the instructions of the network device, which improves the efficiency of data transmission between the terminal device and the network device.
  • the state of the HARQ feedback function corresponding to the downlink HARQ process or the uplink HARQ process of the terminal device may be in the disabled state.
  • the network device may configure the HARQ feedback function state corresponding to part or all of the HARQ process of the terminal device to an enabled state or a non-enabled state.
  • the non-enable state is also called the disabled state.
  • the terminal device needs to send the HARQ-ACK corresponding to the TB to the network device after receiving the transport block TB through the HARQ process Information; or, the terminal device needs to receive feedback from the network device on the TB before it can use the HARQ process again; or, the terminal device needs to perform corresponding HARQ-ACK information feedback according to the DCI that schedules the TB; or, the terminal device passes the schedule according to the schedule
  • the HARQ process transmits the DCI of the first physical channel to send the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the first physical channel transmitted in the HARQ process to the network device.
  • the terminal device does not need to send the HARQ-ACK corresponding to the TB to the network device after receiving the TB through the HARQ process Information; or, the terminal device can reuse the HARQ process without receiving feedback from the network device on the TB; or, the terminal device does not need to perform corresponding HARQ-ACK information feedback according to the DCI that schedules the TB; or, the terminal device
  • the DCI of the first physical channel is transmitted through the HARQ process without scheduling, and the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the first physical channel transmitted in the HARQ process is sent to the network device.
  • the HARQ-ACK information includes ACK information or NACK information corresponding to the decoding result of the TB.
  • the terminal device if the HARQ feedback function status corresponding to a HARQ process is enabled, then after the terminal device sends the transport block TB through the HARQ process, it needs to receive feedback from the network device on the TB before it can be used again
  • the HARQ process for example, the HARQ process is used to send a new TB or the TB is sent again; or, the terminal device waits for the network device's feedback of the first physical channel transmitted in the HARQ process.
  • the HARQ feedback function status corresponding to a HARQ process is in the disabled state, it means that after the terminal device sends the TB through the HARQ process, it does not need to receive feedback from the network device on the TB.
  • Use the HARQ process again for example, use the HARQ process to send a new TB or send the TB again); or, the terminal device does not wait for the network device's feedback on the first physical channel transmitted in the HARQ process.
  • the time interval between two uses of the same HARQ process is greater than or equal to the first time length, and/or the time interval between two uses of the same HARQ process may be less than the second time length.
  • the first time length is determined according to the decoding time of the receiving device, and the second time length is determined according to RTT. Wherein, the first time length is less than the second time length.
  • the feedback includes the terminal device sending HARQ-ACK information to the network device.
  • the feedback includes the network device sending HARQ-ACK information to the terminal device, or the network device sending the uplink authorized DCI to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device When the HARQ process feedback function status of the HARQ process is disabled, the terminal device does not feedback the HARQ process (it can also be understood that the terminal device does not respond to the HARQ process). That is, after the network device sends the TB to the terminal device through the HARQ process, the terminal device does not need to send the feedback message (ACK, NACK or CSI) corresponding to the HARQ process to the network device, and the network device does not need to wait for the feedback message of the terminal device to pass the The HARQ process sends the TB again, for example, a new TB is transmitted through the HARQ process. It should be noted that the aforementioned non-enabled state may also be referred to as a disabled state.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of processing a HARQ process in a non-enabled state according to an embodiment of the application.
  • the terminal device includes multiple HARQ processes, and HARQ process 7 of the multiple HARQ processes is a non-enabled HARQ process.
  • the network device sends the downlink data corresponding to the PDSCH 0 to the terminal device through the HARQ process 7, and the NDI is 0.
  • the terminal device since the HARQ process 7 is a non-enabled HARQ process, after the terminal device receives the downlink data corresponding to the HARQ process 7, the terminal device does not need to send the feedback message of the HARQ process 7 to the network device, and the network device does not need to wait for the terminal device to send
  • the HARQ process 7 can send other data to the terminal device through the HARQ process 7.
  • the network device may send downlink data corresponding to PSDCH 1 to the terminal device through the HARQ process 7 and reverse the NDI to 1, where the reversal of the NDI indicates that the downlink data transmitted through the HARQ process 7 is a new downlink data packet.
  • the network device After the network device sends the downlink data corresponding to the PDSCH 1 to the terminal device, the network device can continue to send the new downlink data packet corresponding to the PDSCH 2 to the terminal device, and reverse the NDI to 0.
  • the terminal device feeds back the HARQ process (it can also be understood that the terminal device responds to the HARQ process). That is, after the network device sends the TB to the terminal device through the HARQ process, the terminal device needs to send a HARQ feedback message (ACK, NACK, or CSI) to the network device. After the network device receives the feedback message, the network device can send the TB through the HARQ process. If the retransmission is performed through the HARQ process, the TB is the retransmitted TB, and if the new data is transmitted through the HARQ process, the TB is the new TB.
  • ACK HARQ feedback message
  • the terminal device When the HARQ feedback function state of the HARQ process is in the disabled state, the terminal device does not wait for the network device to feedback the first physical channel transmitted in the HARQ process.
  • the network device's feedback on the first physical channel in the first HARQ process includes at least one of the following: the network device sends HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the first physical channel; and the network device sends an uplink grant for scheduling the first HARQ process for transmission.
  • the terminal device within the preset time period after the terminal device sends uplink data to the network device through the HARQ process, if the network device schedules the terminal device to perform uplink data transmission again through the HARQ process, the terminal device can pass The HARQ process performs uplink data transmission.
  • the terminal device waits for the feedback of the first physical channel transmitted in the HARQ process by the network device. In this case, within the preset time period after the terminal device sends uplink data to the network device through the HARQ process, if the network device schedules the terminal device to perform uplink data transmission again through the HARQ process, the terminal device ignores the Scheduling of HARQ process. In other words, the terminal device does not expect the network device to schedule the HARQ process again within the preset time period.
  • the network device may configure part or all of the HARQ processes in the terminal device to be in a disabled state, or the network device may also indicate the HARQ feedback function status of the HARQ process in the terminal device through DCI.
  • the terminal device can determine the HARQ feedback function status of the HARQ process according to the instruction information sent by the network device.
  • the network device In the downlink process, when the HARQ process is in the disabled state, the terminal device does not need to feedback the HARQ process to the network device, and the network device can continue to transmit other data to the terminal device through the HARQ process, so that the network device does not need to wait. Improve the efficiency of data transmission between terminal equipment and network equipment.
  • the terminal device when the HARQ process is in the disabled state, after the terminal device transmits uplink data through the HARQ process, the terminal device does not need to wait for the preset time, and the terminal device can perform the uplink data transmission through the HARQ process again, which improves Improve the efficiency of data transmission between terminal equipment and network equipment.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a method for determining the status of a HARQ process provided by an embodiment of the application. Referring to Figure 4, the method may include:
  • S401 The network device generates instruction information.
  • the network device may first generate indication information corresponding to the first HARQ process, and the indication information is used to determine the first HARQ process
  • the HARQ feedback function state, the HARQ feedback function state includes a non-enabled state or an enabled state.
  • the indication information may include at least one of the following information: first indication information, second indication information, and third indication information.
  • the first indication information is used to configure the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process.
  • the first indication information may be used to configure the HARQ feedback function state of the first HARQ process to an enabled state or a non-enabled state.
  • the second indication information is used to activate or deactivate the disabled state of the first HARQ process.
  • the first HARQ process may be configured to be in the disabled state through the first indication information, or the terminal device may predefine the first HARQ process to be in the disabled state, or the second indication information may indicate that the first HARQ process is in the disabled state. Disabled state.
  • the terminal device does not feed back to the first HARQ process; when the inactive state of the first HARQ process is not activated, the terminal device responds to The first HARQ process performs feedback.
  • the terminal device does not wait for the network device's feedback on the first physical channel transmitted in the first HARQ process; when the first HARQ process is enabled After the state is activated, the terminal device waits for the network device's feedback on the first physical channel transmitted in the first HARQ process.
  • the second indication information may be DCI or medium access control (medium access control, MAC) control element (CE) or RRC signaling.
  • the third indication information is used to dynamically indicate the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process of the terminal device. For example, assuming that the first HARQ process is a downlink process, if the downlink grant DCI that schedules the first HARQ process to transmit the first physical channel received by the terminal device includes third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate the first HARQ process In the disabled state, the terminal device determines not to perform HARQ-ACK feedback on the first physical channel transmitted in the first HARQ process according to the downlink authorized DCI; or, if the terminal device receives the scheduled first HARQ process to transmit the first HARQ process
  • the downlink authorized DCI of the physical channel includes third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate that the first HARQ process is in the enabled state, and the terminal device determines that the first physical channel transmitted in the first HARQ process is transmitted according to the downlink authorized DCI.
  • the channel performs HARQ-ACK feedback.
  • the third indication information may be DCI or
  • S402 The network device sends instruction information to the terminal device.
  • the order in which the network device sends the instruction information to the terminal device is: first instruction information, The second instruction information, the third instruction information.
  • the network device first sends the first instruction information to the terminal device, and then sends the second instruction information to the terminal device.
  • the network device may also send at least two of the first instruction information, the second instruction information, and the third instruction information to the terminal device through the same time unit.
  • the network device may also send at least two of the first instruction information, the second instruction information, and the third instruction information to the terminal device at the same time.
  • the terminal device determines the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process according to the indication information.
  • the first HARQ process is a downlink HARQ process:
  • the terminal device does not send the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the first physical channel transmitted in the first HARQ process to the network device. Accordingly, the network device Nor does it receive the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the first physical channel transmitted in the first HARQ process.
  • the terminal device sends the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the first physical channel transmitted in the first HARQ process to the network device, and correspondingly, the network device receives the first HARQ process.
  • HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the first physical channel transmitted in a HARQ process is enabled.
  • the terminal device does not send the HARQ-ACK information of the first physical channel to the network device.
  • a physical channel includes at least one of the following situations:
  • the first physical channel is a physical downlink shared channel PDSCH scheduled by the first DCI, the first DCI is a downlink grant, and the first physical channel is transmitted through the first HARQ process.
  • the first physical channel is semi-persistent scheduling (semi-persistent scheduling, SPS) PDSCH scheduled by the second DCI
  • the second DCI is SPS configuration activation signaling
  • the first physical channel is transmitted through the first HARQ process.
  • the first physical channel is SPS PDSCH without DCI scheduling, and the first physical channel is transmitted through the first HARQ process.
  • the first physical channel is a PDCCH used to instruct the release of the SPS PDSCH, and the first physical channel corresponds to the first HARQ process.
  • the first HARQ process is an uplink HARQ process:
  • the terminal device does not wait for the network device to feedback on the first physical channel transmitted in the first HARQ process. Accordingly, the network device is in the first time After the domain resources use the first HARQ process to transmit the first physical channel, the first HARQ process may also be used to transmit the second physical channel in the second time domain resource. Wherein, the interval between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource is less than the first time length.
  • the first time length may be determined according to RTT, or the first time length is the RTT length, or the first time length is a preset value.
  • the terminal device waits for the network device's feedback on the first physical channel transmitted in the first HARQ process.
  • the network device cannot use the first HARQ process to transmit the second physical channel in the second time domain resource.
  • the interval between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource is less than the first time length.
  • the first time length may be determined according to RTT, or the first time length is the RTT length, or the first time length is a preset value.
  • the network device may indicate the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process through the indication information.
  • the terminal device may determine the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process according to the indication information.
  • the terminal device In the downlink process, when the first HARQ process is in the disabled state, the terminal device does not need to feed back the first HARQ process to the network device, and the network device can continue to transmit other data to the terminal device through the first HARQ process, so that The network device does not need to wait, and the data transmission efficiency between the terminal device and the network device is improved.
  • the terminal device when the first HARQ process is in the disabled state, after the terminal device transmits uplink data through the first HARQ process, the terminal device does not need to wait for the preset time, and the terminal device can perform the uplink again through the first HARQ process Data transmission improves the efficiency of data transmission between terminal equipment and network equipment.
  • the indication information includes one or more of the first indication information, the second indication information, and the third indication information.
  • the method for the terminal device to determine the HARQ feedback function status of the HARQ process is also different. In the following, the method for determining the HARQ feedback function state of the HARQ process when the indication information is different will be described.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of another method for determining the status of a HARQ process provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • the indication information includes first indication information.
  • the method may include:
  • S501 The network device generates first indication information.
  • the first indication information is used to configure the HARQ process for which the terminal device does not perform feedback and/or the HARQ process for which feedback is performed. Or, the first indication information is used to configure the HARQ feedback function status of the HARQ process of the terminal device.
  • the first indication information is RRC signaling.
  • the first indication information includes at least one of the following information:
  • the first configuration information is used to configure the HARQ process set in the terminal device.
  • the second configuration information, the second configuration information is used to configure the HARQ feedback function status of the HARQ process of the terminal device.
  • third configuration information is used to configure the HARQ feedback function status of the HARQ process set of the terminal device.
  • First parameter information where the first parameter information is used to indicate the feedback function status of at least one HARQ process, and the at least one HARQ process includes the first HARQ process.
  • First time information where the first time information is used to indicate the configuration effective time of at least one HARQ process, and the at least one HARQ process includes the first HARQ process.
  • the first configuration information may configure the HARQ process in the terminal device as one or more HARQ process sets.
  • the first configuration information may include one or more of the following information: the number of HARQ process sets, the identification of HARQ processes included in the HARQ process set, and the number of HARQ processes included in the HARQ process set.
  • the terminal device includes 16 HARQ processes
  • the number of HARQ process sets included in the first configuration information is 2
  • the HARQ process set 1 includes 8 HARQ processes
  • the HARQ process set includes 8 HARQ processes.
  • the two HARQ process sets configured according to the first configuration information may be: HARQ process set 1 includes HARQ process 1-HARQ process 8, and HARQ process set 2 includes HARQ process 9-HARQ process 16.
  • the number of HARQ process sets included in the first configuration information is two, and HARQ process set 1 includes HARQ process 1-HARQ process 5.
  • the two HARQ process sets configured according to the first configuration information may be: HARQ process set 1 includes HARQ process 1-HARQ process 5, and HARQ process set 2 includes HARQ process 6-HARQ process 16.
  • the second configuration information may be used to configure the HARQ process in the non-enabled state, and/or the second configuration information may be used to configure the HARQ process in the enabled state.
  • the second configuration information may include the identifier of the HARQ process in the non-enabled state.
  • the HARQ processes except for the HARQ processes in the enabled state in the terminal device are all the HARQ processes in the enabled state.
  • the second configuration information is used to configure the HARQ process in the non-enabled state, and the second configuration information includes the identification of HARQ process 1-HARQ process 5, then the terminal device
  • the HARQ process 1-HARQ process 5 is a non-enabled HARQ process
  • the HARQ process 6-HARQ process 16 in the terminal device is a non-enabled HARQ process.
  • the second configuration information may include the identifier of the HARQ process in the enabled state.
  • all the HARQ processes in the terminal equipment except the HARQ process in the enabled state are the HARQ processes in the non-enabled state.
  • the second configuration information is used to configure the HARQ process in the enabled state, and the second configuration information includes the identification of HARQ process 1-HARQ process 8, then the The HARQ process 1-HARQ process 8 is the HARQ process in the enabled state, and the HARQ process 9-HARQ process 16 in the terminal device is the HARQ process in the non-enabled state.
  • the second configuration information may include the identification of the HARQ process in the non-enabled state , And the identification of the HARQ process in the enabled state.
  • the second configuration information is used to configure the HARQ process in the non-enabled state and configure the HARQ process in the enabled state
  • the second configuration information may indicate the
  • the HARQ process 1-HARQ process 8 is the HARQ process in the non-enabled state
  • the HARQ process 9-HARQ process 16 in the terminal device is the HARQ process in the enabled state.
  • the terminal device may determine the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process according to the information 2.
  • the first indication information may not include information 4, information 5 or message 7.
  • the second configuration information may be as shown in Table 4:
  • the process numbers of the 8 HARQ processes are from 0 to 7.
  • the HARQ processes in the non-enabled state include: HARQ process 0, HARQ process 1, HARQ process 4, and HARQ process 5.
  • the HARQ process in the enabled state includes: HARQ process 2, HARQ process 3, HARQ process 6, and HARQ process 7.
  • the third configuration information may be used to configure the HARQ process set in the non-enabled state, and/or the second configuration information may be used to configure the HARQ process set in the enabled state.
  • the HARQ processes in the HARQ process set in the non-enabled state are all in the disabled state, and the HARQ processes in the HARQ process set in the enabled state are all in the enabled state.
  • the third configuration information may include the identifier of the HARQ process set in the non-enabled state.
  • all HARQ processes in the terminal device that are not in the set of HARQ processes in the enabled state are all HARQ processes in the enabled state.
  • the third configuration information is used to configure the HARQ process set in the non-enabled state, and the third configuration information includes If the HARQ process set 1 is identified, the HARQ process in the HARQ process set 1 in the terminal device is the HARQ process in the non-enabled state, and the HARQ process in the HARQ process set 2 in the terminal device is the HARQ process in the enabled state.
  • the third configuration information may include the identifier of the HARQ process set in the enabled state.
  • all the HARQ processes in the terminal device except the HARQ process set in the enabled state are the HARQ processes in the non-enabled state.
  • the terminal device includes two process sets, which are respectively recorded as HARQ process set 1 and HARQ process set 2.
  • the third configuration information is used to configure the HARQ process set in the enabled state, and the third configuration information includes HARQ
  • the identification of the process set 1 then the HARQ process in the HARQ process set 1 in the terminal device is the HARQ process in the enabled state, and the HARQ process in the HARQ process set 2 in the terminal device is the HARQ process in the non-enabled state.
  • the third configuration information may include the identification of the HARQ process in the non-enabled state , And the identification of the HARQ process in the enabled state.
  • the terminal device includes two process sets, which are respectively recorded as HARQ process set 1 and HARQ process set 2, and the second configuration information is used to configure the HARQ process set in the non-enabled state and the HARQ in the enabled state.
  • the process set is configured, and the second configuration information may indicate that the HARQ process in the HARQ process set 1 in the terminal device is an enabled HARQ process, and/or indicate that the HARQ process in the HARQ process set 2 in the terminal device is a non-enabled HARQ process HARQ process of energy state.
  • the terminal device may determine the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ according to the information 3.
  • the first indication information may not include information 4 and information 5. Or message 7.
  • the third configuration information may be as shown in Table 5:
  • the terminal device includes two HARQ process sets, namely HARQ process set 1 and HARQ process set 2, HARQ process set 1 includes HARQ process 0 to HARQ process 3, and HARQ process set 2 includes HARQ process 4 To HARQ process 7.
  • the HARQ process in the HARQ process set 0 is in the disabled state
  • the HARQ process in the HARQ process set 1 is in the enabled state.
  • the identifier of the first HARQ process may be the sequence number of the first HARQ process.
  • the identifier of the first HARQ process may be any integer between 1 and 16.
  • the identifier of the HARQ process set where the first HARQ process is located may be the sequence number of the HARQ process set.
  • the identifier of the HARQ process set where the first HARQ process is located may be HARQ process set 1 or HARQ process set 2.
  • the first parameter information is used to determine that the first HARQ process is in the disabled state.
  • the value of the first parameter is the second preset value, for example, 0, the first parameter information is used to determine that the first HARQ process is in the enabled state.
  • the first parameter is configured, it can be determined that the first HARQ process is in the disabled state; or if the first parameter is not configured, it can be determined that the first HARQ process is in the enabled state.
  • the first parameter includes an uplink HARQ feedback disabling parameter, which is used to determine whether the uplink feedback of the downlink HARQ process is disabled.
  • an uplink HARQ feedback disabling parameter which is used to determine whether the uplink feedback of the downlink HARQ process is disabled.
  • the terminal device is configured with the first parameter, at least one HARQ process of the terminal device may be in a non-enabled state, such as a HARQ process with uplink HARQ feedback disabled; or, if the terminal device receives the first parameter and the first parameter If it is a preset value such as TRUE, at least one HARQ process of the terminal device may be a non-enabled HARQ process.
  • the content included in the first time information may include the following three situations:
  • the first time information includes a time period, and the time period may be the configuration effective time of the HARQ process in the terminal device.
  • the time period may include a start time and an end time.
  • the time period included in the first time information may be from January 1, 2019 to January 3, 2019, and the first indication information is for the HARQ process in the terminal device.
  • the configuration takes effect from January 1, 2019 to January 3, 2019. At other times, the first indication information does not take effect on the configuration of the HARQ process in the terminal device.
  • the first time information includes the start time and/or duration, and the start time is the start time at which the configuration of the HARQ process in the terminal device takes effect.
  • the duration is the duration for the HARQ process configuration in the terminal device to take effect. If the first time information does not include the start time, the time when the terminal device receives the first indication information may be determined as the start time.
  • the first time information may include a start time and an end time.
  • the start time is the start effective time of the HARQ process configuration in the terminal device
  • the end time is the end effective time of the HARQ process configuration in the terminal device .
  • the first time information may also include the effective period.
  • S502 The network device sends first indication information to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device determines the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process according to the first indication information.
  • the terminal device determines not to feed back the first HARQ process. If the first HARQ process is in the enabled state, the terminal device determines to feed back the first HARQ process.
  • the terminal device When the first HARQ process is an uplink HARQ process, if the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process is in the disabled state, the terminal device does not wait for the network device to feedback on the first physical channel transmitted in the first HARQ process; or, If the HARQ feedback function state of the first HARQ process is in the enabled state, the terminal device waits for the feedback of the network device on the first physical channel transmitted in the first HARQ process.
  • the network device may indicate to the terminal device whether to feed back the first HARQ process through the first indication information; the terminal device determines not to feedback the first HARQ process according to the first indication information.
  • the terminal device does not need to feedback the HARQ process, and the network device does not need to wait for the feedback of the terminal device to transmit other data through the HARQ process, which improves the data transmission efficiency.
  • the network device can indicate to the terminal device whether to wait for the network device to feedback on the first physical channel transmitted in the first HARQ process through the first indication information; the terminal device determines not to wait for the network device pair according to the first indication information.
  • the terminal device During the feedback of the first physical channel transmitted in the first HARQ process, after the terminal device transmits the uplink data through the first HARQ process, the terminal device does not need to wait for the preset time, and the terminal device can perform the uplink data transmission again through the first HARQ process , Improve the efficiency of data transmission between terminal equipment and network equipment.
  • Example 1 Assuming that the terminal device includes 8 HARQ processes, the RRC signaling (first indication information) sent by the network device to the terminal device includes the second configuration information shown in Table 4. If the 8 HARQ processes are downlink HARQ processes, after the terminal device receives the RRC signaling, the terminal device determines that the HARQ processes that it does not perform feedback include: HARQ process 0, HARQ process 1, HARQ process 1, HARQ process 4, and HARQ process 5. , The HARQ process fed back by the terminal device includes: HARQ process 2, HARQ process 3, HARQ process 6, and HARQ process 7. For example, after the terminal device receives the downlink data corresponding to HARQ process 0, the terminal device does not feedback the HARQ process 0.
  • the terminal device After the terminal device receives the downlink data corresponding to the HARQ process 2, the terminal device does not feedback the HARQ process 2. If the 8 HARQ processes are uplink HARQ processes, after the terminal device receives the RRC signaling, the terminal device determines that the HARQ processes that it does not wait for feedback include: HARQ process 0, HARQ process 1, HARQ process 4, and HARQ process 5. The HARQ process that the terminal device is waiting for feedback includes: HARQ process 2, HARQ process 3, HARQ process 6, and HARQ process 7. For example, after the terminal device sends uplink data through HARQ process 0, the terminal device does not need to wait for the network device to feedback on the physical channel transmitted in HARQ process 0, and can perform uplink data transmission through HARQ process 0 again.
  • Example 2 Assuming that the terminal equipment includes 8 HARQ processes, the RRC signaling (first indication information) sent by the network equipment to the terminal equipment includes the third configuration information shown in Table 5, and it is assumed that the RRC signaling also includes the first time Information, the first time information includes period 1. If the 8 HARQ processes are downlink HARQ processes, after the terminal device receives the RRC signaling, in period 1, the terminal device does not feedback the HARQ process in HARQ process set 1, and the terminal device responds to HARQ process set 2. The HARQ process in the feedback. In other periods, the terminal device feedbacks all HARQ processes.
  • the terminal device waits for the network Feedback from the device to the HARQ process in the HARQ process set 2. In other periods, the terminal device waits for feedback from the network device to all HARQ processes.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of another method for determining the status of a HARQ process according to an embodiment of the application.
  • the indication information includes second indication information.
  • the method may include:
  • the network device generates second indication information.
  • the second indication information is used to activate or deactivate the disabled state of the first HARQ process, and the first HARQ process is in the disabled state.
  • the first HARQ process being in the disabled state may be indicated in the second indication information, or pre-configured by the network device to the terminal device, or pre-configured by the terminal device, or agreed upon by the protocol, etc.
  • the second indication information is DCI or MAC CE or RRC.
  • the DCI may be DCI scrambled by CS-RNTI.
  • the second indication information includes at least one of the following information: the identifier of the first HARQ process, the identifier of the HARQ process set where the first HARQ process is located, the second parameter information, and the second time information.
  • the second parameter information is used to indicate the activation or deactivation of the HARQ feedback function status of at least one HARQ process, the at least one HARQ process includes the first HARQ process; the second time information is used to indicate the activation time of the at least one HARQ process, at least One HARQ process includes the first HARQ process.
  • the content included in the second time information may include the following three situations:
  • the second time information includes a time period, and the time period may be the activation effective time of the first HARQ process in the non-enabled state.
  • the period can include a start time and an end time. In this period, the inactive state of the first HARQ process is activated, and in other periods, the inactive state of the first HARQ process is not activated.
  • the second time information includes the start time and/or duration, and the start time is the start time of the non-enabled state for activating the first HARQ process.
  • the duration is the duration during which the disabled state of the first HARQ process is activated. If the second time information does not include the start time, the time when the terminal device receives the second indication information may be determined as the start time.
  • the second time information may include a start time and an end time.
  • the start time is the time when the disabled state of the first HARQ process is activated
  • the end time is the disabled state of the first HARQ process. The moment of activation.
  • the second time information may also include the effective period.
  • the second parameter information may include at least one of the following two situations:
  • the second parameter information is information in the first information field in the second indication information.
  • the first HARQ process is an activated non-enabled HARQ process; or, if the information in the first information field is the second preset information, the first HARQ process It is a deactivated non-enabled HARQ process.
  • the second indication information is DCI
  • the first information field is the redundancy version information field in the DCI.
  • the first HARQ process being the activated non-enabled HARQ process refers to activating the first HARQ process that has been configured to the non-enabled state.
  • the first HARQ process being the deactivated non-enabled HARQ process refers to deactivating the first HARQ process that has been configured to the non-enabled state.
  • the first indication information indicates that the disabled state of the first HARQ process is activated, and when the first information field is "0", the first indication information indicates the first HARQ process The inactive state of is deactivated.
  • the first indication information indicates that the disabled state of the first HARQ process is activated, and when the first information field is "1", the first indication information indicates the first HARQ process The inactive state of is deactivated.
  • the second indication information includes the identification of the HARQ process set where the first HARQ process is located, and if the information in the first information field is the first preset information, the non-identity of all HARQ processes in the first HARQ process set is The enabled state is activated; if the information in the first information field is the second preset information, the non-enabled state of all HARQ processes in the first HARQ process set is deactivated.
  • the first HARQ process set is the HARQ process set where the first HARQ process is located.
  • the second indication information includes the identification of the HARQ process set where the first HARQ process is located (hereinafter referred to as the first HARQ process set)
  • the first information field is "1”
  • the first indication information indicates the first HARQ process
  • the disabling states of the HARQ processes in the set are all activated.
  • the first indication information indicates that the disabling states of the HARQ processes in the first HARQ process set are all deactivated.
  • the first indication information indicates that the disabled state of the HARQ process in the first HARQ process set is activated, and when the first information field is "1", the first indication information It indicates that the non-enabled state of the HARQ process in the first HARQ process set is all deactivated.
  • DCI format 1_0 or DCI format 1_2 DCI format 1_1 Redundant version Set all to 0 For the enabled transmission block: set all to 0
  • the second indication information is DCI
  • the first information field is the redundancy version information field in the DCI.
  • the DCI format is DCI format 1_0 or DCI format 1_2
  • the first HARQ process (or the HARQ process where the first HARQ process is active) is in the disabled state Activated.
  • the DCI format is DCI format 1_1, for the enabled transport block, when the information in the redundancy version information field is all set to 0, the first HARQ process (or the HARQ process set where the first HARQ process is located) is not The enable state is activated.
  • the HARQ process number information field in the DCI can also be used to indicate the first HARQ process or the HARQ process set in which the first HARQ process is located.
  • the DCI is the DCI of the CS-RNTI scrambling code.
  • the NDI field corresponding to the enabled transport block TB in the DCI is set to "1".
  • DCI format 1_0 or DCI format 1_2 DCI format 1_1 Redundant version Set all to 1 For the enabled transmission block: set all to 1
  • the second indication information is DCI
  • the first information field is the redundancy version information field in the DCI.
  • the DCI format is DCI format 1_0 or DCI format 1_2
  • the first HARQ process (or the HARQ process in which the first HARQ process is located is activated) is in the disabled state Activated.
  • the DCI format is DCI format 1_1, for the enabled transport block, when the information in the redundancy version information field is all set to 0, the first HARQ process (or the HARQ process set where the first HARQ process is located) is not The enable state is activated.
  • the HARQ process number information field in the DCI may also be used to indicate the first HARQ process or the HARQ process set where the first HARQ process is located.
  • the second parameter information is a combination of information in at least two information fields in the second indication information.
  • the first HARQ process is an activated, non-enabled HARQ process; or, if the combination of information in at least two information fields is the second information combination, The first HARQ process is a deactivated non-enabled HARQ process.
  • the at least two information fields include: a redundancy version information field in the DCI, a modulation and coding mode information field, and a frequency domain resource allocation information field.
  • the second indication information includes the identification of the HARQ process set where the first HARQ process is located
  • the combination of the information in the at least two information fields is the first information combination
  • all HARQ processes in the first HARQ process set The non-enabled state of is activated; if the combination of information in at least two information fields is the second information combination, the non-enabled states of all HARQ processes in the first HARQ process set are deactivated.
  • the first HARQ process set is the HARQ process set where the first HARQ process is located.
  • the second indication information is DCI
  • at least two information fields include: a redundancy version information field, a modulation and coding method information field, and a frequency domain resource allocation information field.
  • DCI format 1_0, DCI Format 1_1, DCI format 1_2 when the values in the redundancy version information field are all set to 0, the modulation and coding mode information field is all set to 1, for allocation type 1, the frequency domain resource allocation information field is set to 0, for For allocation type 2, when the frequency domain resource allocation information field is all set to 1, the non-enabled state of the first HARQ process (or the HARQ process in which the first HARQ process is located is activated) is activated.
  • the HARQ process number information field in the DCI may also be used to indicate the first HARQ process or the HARQ process set where the first HARQ process is located.
  • the DCI is the DCI of the CS-RNTI scrambling code.
  • the NDI field corresponding to the enabled transport block TB in the DCI is set to "1".
  • the second indication information is DCI
  • at least two information fields include: a redundancy version information field, a modulation and coding method information field, and a frequency domain resource allocation information field.
  • DCI format 1_0, DCI Format 1_1, DCI format 1_2 when the values in the redundancy version information field are all set to 1, the modulation and coding mode information fields are all set to 0, for allocation type 1, the frequency domain resource allocation information field is all set to 1, for For allocation type 2, when all the frequency domain resource allocation information fields are set to 0, the disabled state of the first HARQ process (or the HARQ process in which the first HARQ process is located is activated) is activated.
  • the HARQ process number information field in the DCI may also be used to indicate the first HARQ process or the HARQ process set where the first HARQ process is located.
  • the DCI is the DCI of the CS-RNTI scrambling code.
  • S602 The network device sends second indication information to the terminal device.
  • the network device determines the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process according to the second indication information.
  • the terminal device determines not to feed back the first HARQ process. If the first HARQ process is in the enabled state, the terminal device determines to feed back the first HARQ process.
  • the terminal device When the first HARQ process is an uplink HARQ process, if the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process is in the disabled state, the terminal device does not wait for the network device to feedback on the first physical channel transmitted in the first HARQ process; or, If the HARQ feedback function state of the first HARQ process is in the enabled state, the terminal device waits for the feedback of the network device on the first physical channel transmitted in the first HARQ process.
  • the network device in the downlink process, can indicate to the terminal device whether to feed back the first HARQ process through the second indication information; the terminal device determines not to feedback the first HARQ process according to the second indication information.
  • the terminal device does not need to feedback the HARQ process, and the network device does not need to wait for the feedback of the terminal device to transmit other data through the HARQ process, which improves the data transmission efficiency.
  • the network device can indicate to the terminal device whether to wait for the network device to feedback on the first physical channel transmitted in the first HARQ process through the second indication information; the terminal device determines not to wait for the network device pair according to the second indication information.
  • the terminal device During the feedback of the first physical channel transmitted in the first HARQ process, after the terminal device transmits the uplink data through the first HARQ process, the terminal device does not need to wait for the preset time, and the terminal device can perform the uplink data transmission again through the first HARQ process , Improve the efficiency of data transmission between terminal equipment and network equipment.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of another method for determining the status of a HARQ process provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • the indication information includes third indication information.
  • the method may include:
  • the network device generates third indication information.
  • the third indication information is used to dynamically indicate the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process.
  • the third indication information is DCI.
  • the third indication information includes at least one of the following information: an identifier of the first HARQ process, and third parameter information, where the third parameter information is used to indicate the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process.
  • the third parameter information is information in the second information field in the third indication information.
  • the second information field is a feedback time indication field from PDSCH to HARQ.
  • the second information field is the PDSCH-to-HARQ feedback timing indicator field (PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator).
  • the grid device configures the timing from downlink data to uplink HARQ feedback for the terminal device (for example, configure the parameter dl-DataToUL-ACK), configure a special value (or invalid value, or non-numeric value), if the second information field
  • the feedback time from PDSCH to HARQ is the special value
  • the currently scheduled HARQ process is a non-enabled HARQ process; or, if the second information field indicates that the feedback time from PDSCH to HARQ is a normal value, it means the currently scheduled HARQ process
  • the HARQ process is an enabled HARQ process.
  • S702 The network device sends third indication information to the terminal device.
  • the network device determines the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process according to the third indication information.
  • the terminal device determines not to feed back the first HARQ process. If the first HARQ process is in the enabled state, the terminal device determines to feed back the first HARQ process.
  • the terminal device When the first HARQ process is an uplink HARQ process, if the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process is in the disabled state, the terminal device does not wait for the network device to feedback on the first physical channel transmitted in the first HARQ process; or, If the HARQ feedback function state of the first HARQ process is in the enabled state, the terminal device waits for the feedback of the network device on the first physical channel transmitted in the first HARQ process.
  • the network device may indicate to the terminal device whether to feed back the first HARQ process through the third indication information; the terminal device determines not to feedback the first HARQ process according to the third indication information.
  • the terminal device does not need to feedback the HARQ process, and the network device does not need to wait for the feedback of the terminal device to transmit other data through the HARQ process, which improves the data transmission efficiency.
  • the network device can indicate to the terminal device whether to wait for the network device’s feedback on the first physical channel transmitted in the first HARQ process through the third indication information; the terminal device determines not to wait for the network device pair according to the third indication information.
  • the terminal device During the feedback of the first physical channel transmitted in the first HARQ process, after the terminal device transmits the uplink data through the first HARQ process, the terminal device does not need to wait for the preset time, and the terminal device can perform the uplink data transmission again through the first HARQ process , Improve the efficiency of data transmission between terminal equipment and network equipment.
  • the indication information may also include two or more of the first indication information, the second indication information, or the third indication information.
  • the method for determining the status of the HARQ process between the network device and the terminal device when the indication information may also include two or more of the first indication information, the second indication information, or the third indication information will be described. It can include the following multiple methods:
  • the indication information includes first indication information and second indication information.
  • the network device may first send the first indication information to the terminal device, and the first indication information may configure the non-enabled HARQ process and/or the enabled HARQ process in the terminal device. After the terminal device receives the first indication information, the non-enabled HARQ process in the terminal device is not activated. The network device also sends second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information is used to activate or deactivate the non-enabled HARQ process configured by the first indication information. Of course, the network device may also send the first instruction information and the second instruction information to the terminal device at the same time, which is not limited in this application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of the HARQ feedback state of a HARQ process provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • the terminal device includes 16 HARQ processes.
  • the network device may first send first indication information to the terminal device.
  • the first indication information is used to configure the 16 HARQ processes in the terminal device as a set of two HARQ processes, and the two HARQ processes
  • the sets are HARQ process set 1 and HARQ process set 2, respectively, HARQ process set 1 includes HARQ process 0 to HARQ process 11, and HARQ process set 2 includes HARQ process 12 to HARQ process 15.
  • the first indication information is also used to configure the HARQ process set 2 as a non-enabled HARQ process.
  • the network device also sends second indication information to the terminal device.
  • the second indication information is used to activate the HARQ process set 2 or to activate the HARQ process set 2 in the first time period (from time t3 to time t4).
  • Enable state For example, the first time period may be determined according to activation or deactivation signaling (or second indication information), or may be determined according to preset or configured duration parameters and second indication information. If the HARQ process in HARQ process set 2 is a downlink HARQ process, after the terminal device receives the second indication information, in the first period, the terminal device does not feedback the HARQ process in HARQ process set 2. In other periods, the terminal The device feeds back the HARQ process in the HARQ process set 2.
  • the terminal device receives the downlink data corresponding to PDSCH 0 (corresponding to HARQ process 13) sent by the network device, the terminal device does not feed back the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the TB in the HARQ process 13.
  • the terminal device receives the downlink data corresponding to the PDSCH 1 (corresponding to HARQ process 5) sent by the network device, and the terminal device feeds back the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the TB in the HARQ process 5.
  • the indication information includes first indication information and third indication information.
  • the network device may first send the first indication information to the terminal device, and the first indication information may configure the non-enabled HARQ process and/or the enabled HARQ process in the terminal device. After the terminal device receives the first indication information, the non-enabled HARQ process in the terminal device is not activated.
  • the network device also sends third indication information to the terminal device, where the third indication information is used to dynamically indicate that the first HARQ process is in the disabled state or in the enabled state.
  • the non-enabled HARQ process dynamically indicated by the third indication information belongs to the non-enabled HARQ process configured by the first indication information.
  • the network device may also send the first instruction information and the third instruction information to the terminal device at the same time, which is not limited in this application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of the HARQ feedback state of another HARQ process provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • the terminal device includes 16 HARQ processes.
  • the network device may first send first indication information to the terminal device.
  • the first indication information is used to configure the 16 HARQ processes in the terminal device as a set of two HARQ processes, and the two HARQ processes
  • the sets are HARQ process set 1 and HARQ process set 2, respectively, HARQ process set 1 includes HARQ process 0 to HARQ process 11, and HARQ process set 2 includes HARQ process 12 to HARQ process 15.
  • the first indication information is also used to configure the HARQ process set 2 as a non-enabled HARQ process.
  • the terminal device receives the third indication information, for example, the third indication information is DCI, the DCI is used to schedule the PDSCH, and the HARQ process corresponding to the PDSCH belongs to HARQ process set 2.
  • the HARQ process in HARQ process set 2 is a downlink HARQ process.
  • PDSCH 0 corresponds to HARQ process 12
  • the feedback time indicator field from PDSCH to HARQ in DCI (hereinafter referred to as K1 indicator) Or when K1) is an invalid value (the invalid value indicates that the terminal device does not feed back the corresponding HARQ process)
  • the terminal device does not need to feed back the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the TB in the HARQ process 12.
  • the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI is PDSCH
  • the PDSCH corresponds to the HARQ process 13
  • the K1 indication in the DCI is a valid value
  • the terminal device feeds back the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the TB in the HARQ process 13.
  • the indication information includes first indication information, second indication information, and third indication information.
  • the network device may first send the first indication information to the terminal device, and the first indication information may configure the non-enabled HARQ process and/or the enabled HARQ process in the terminal device. After the terminal device receives the first indication information, the non-enabled HARQ process in the terminal device is not activated.
  • the network device also sends second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information is used to activate or deactivate the non-enabled HARQ process configured by the first indication information.
  • the network device also sends third indication information to the terminal device, where the third indication information is used to dynamically indicate that the first HARQ process is in the disabled state or in the enabled state.
  • the non-enabled HARQ process dynamically indicated by the third indication information belongs to the non-enabled HARQ process configured by the first indication information and the non-enabled HARQ process activated by the second indication information.
  • the network device may also send the first instruction information, the second instruction information, and the third instruction information to the terminal device at the same time, which is not limited in this application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of the HARQ feedback state of another HARQ process provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • the terminal device includes 16 HARQ processes.
  • the network device may first send first indication information to the terminal device.
  • the first indication information is used to configure the 16 HARQ processes in the terminal device as a set of two HARQ processes, and the two HARQ processes
  • the sets are HARQ process set 1 and HARQ process set 2, respectively, HARQ process set 1 includes HARQ process 0 to HARQ process 11, and HARQ process set 2 includes HARQ process 12 to HARQ process 15.
  • the first indication information is also used to configure the HARQ process set 2 as a non-enabled HARQ process.
  • the network device also sends second indication information to the terminal device.
  • the second indication information is used to activate the disabled state of the HARQ process set 2 in the first time period (time t3 to time t4).
  • the first time period may be determined according to activation or deactivation signaling (or second indication information), or may be determined according to preset or configured duration parameters and second indication information.
  • the terminal device receives the third indication information, for example, the third indication information is DCI, the DCI is used to schedule the PDSCH, and the HARQ process corresponding to the PDSCH belongs to HARQ process set 2.
  • the HARQ process in HARQ process set 2 is a downlink HARQ process.
  • the terminal device when the PDSCH scheduled by DCI is PDSCH 0, PDSCH 0 corresponds to HARQ process 12, and the feedback time indicator field from PDSCH to HARQ in DCI (hereinafter referred to as K1 indicator) Or when K1) is an invalid value (the invalid value indicates that the terminal device does not feed back the corresponding HARQ process), the terminal device does not need to feed back the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the TB in the HARQ process 12.
  • the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI when the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI is PDSCH 0, the PDSCH corresponds to the HARQ process 13, and the K1 indication in the DCI is a valid value, the terminal device feeds back the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the TB in the HARQ process 13.
  • the indication information includes second indication information and third indication information.
  • the network device can first send the second indication information to the terminal device, and the second indication information can activate the non-enabled HARQ process in the terminal device, and the non-enabled HARQ process in the terminal device can be the network device Pre-configured for the terminal device, or pre-configured by the terminal device, or agreed upon by the protocol, or indicated by the second instruction information.
  • the network device may also send third indication information to the terminal device, where the third indication information is used to dynamically indicate that the first HARQ process is in the disabled state or in the enabled state.
  • the non-enabled HARQ process dynamically indicated by the third indication information belongs to the non-enabled HARQ process activated by the second indication information.
  • the network device may also send the second instruction information and the third instruction information to the terminal device at the same time, which is not limited in this application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of the HARQ feedback state of another HARQ process provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • the terminal device includes 16 HARQ processes.
  • the network device sends second indication information to the terminal device.
  • the second indication information indicates that HARQ process 0 to HARQ process 11 are feedback-enabled HARQ processes, and HARQ process 12 to HARQ process 15 are non-enabled HARQ processes, and
  • the second indication information also indicates that the HARQ process 12 to the HARQ process 15 are activated in the disabled state in the first time period (time t2 to time t3).
  • the first time period may be determined according to activation or deactivation signaling (or second indication information), or may be determined according to preset or configured duration parameters and second indication information.
  • the terminal device receives the third indication information, for example, the third indication information is DCI, the DCI is used to schedule the PDSCH, and the HARQ process corresponding to the PDSCH belongs to HARQ process set 2.
  • the HARQ process in HARQ process set 2 is a downlink HARQ process.
  • the terminal device when the PDSCH scheduled by DCI is PDSCH 0, PDSCH 0 corresponds to HARQ process 12, and the feedback time indicator field from PDSCH to HARQ in DCI (hereinafter referred to as K1 indicator) Or when K1) is an invalid value (the invalid value indicates that the terminal device does not feed back the corresponding HARQ process), the terminal device does not need to feed back the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the TB in the HARQ process 12.
  • the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI when the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI is PDSCH 0, the PDSCH corresponds to the HARQ process 13, and the K1 indication in the DCI is a valid value, the terminal device feeds back the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the TB in the HARQ process 13.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for determining the state of a HARQ process according to an embodiment of the application.
  • the apparatus 10 for determining the state of the HARQ process can be applied to a terminal device.
  • the device 10 for determining the state of the HARQ process may include a receiving module 11 and a processing module 12, where:
  • the receiving module 11 is configured to receive indication information sent by a network device, where the indication information is used to determine the HARQ feedback function status of the first hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ process, and the HARQ feedback function status includes the disabled state or Enable state
  • the processing module 12 is configured to determine the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process according to the indication information.
  • the HARQ process determination apparatus provided in the embodiment of the present application can execute the technical solutions shown in the foregoing method embodiments, and the implementation principles and beneficial effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of another HARQ process state determining apparatus provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • the HARQ process state determining apparatus 10 further includes a sending module 13, wherein, when the first HARQ process includes a downlink HARQ process,
  • the sending module 13 does not send the hybrid automatic repeat request corresponding to the first physical channel transmitted in the first HARQ process to the network device Respond to HARQ-ACK information; or,
  • the sending module 13 sends the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the first physical channel transmitted in the first HARQ process to the network device.
  • the first HARQ process includes an uplink HARQ process
  • the processing module does not wait for the network device to provide feedback on the first physical channel transmitted in the first HARQ process; or,
  • the processing module waits for the feedback of the network device on the first physical channel transmitted in the first HARQ process.
  • the first HARQ process includes a downlink HARQ process
  • the sending module does not send HARQ-ACK information of the first physical channel to the network device, and the first physical channel includes the following situations At least one:
  • the first physical channel is a physical downlink shared channel PDSCH scheduled by a first DCI, the first DCI is a downlink grant, and the first physical channel is transmitted through the first HARQ process;
  • the first physical channel is a semi-persistent scheduling SPS PDSCH scheduled by a second DCI, the second DCI is SPS configuration activation signaling, and the first physical channel is transmitted through the first HARQ process;
  • the first physical channel is an SPS PDSCH without DCI scheduling, and the first physical channel is transmitted through the first HARQ process;
  • the first physical channel is a PDCCH used to indicate SPS PDSCH release, and the first physical channel corresponds to the first HARQ process.
  • the indication information includes at least one of the following information: first indication information, second indication information, and third indication information; wherein,
  • the first indication information is used to configure the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process
  • the second indication information is used to activate or deactivate the disabled state of the first HARQ process
  • the third indication information is used to dynamically indicate the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process.
  • the first indication information includes at least one of the following information:
  • First configuration information where the first configuration information is used to configure the HARQ process set of the terminal device
  • Second configuration information where the second configuration information is used to configure the HARQ feedback function status of the HARQ process of the terminal device
  • Third configuration information where the third configuration information is used to configure the HARQ feedback function state of the HARQ process set of the terminal device
  • the identifier of the HARQ process set where the first HARQ process is located
  • First parameter information where the first parameter information is used to indicate a feedback function status of at least one HARQ process, and the at least one HARQ process includes the first HARQ process;
  • First time information where the first time information is used to indicate a configuration effective time of at least one HARQ process, and the at least one HARQ process includes the first HARQ process.
  • the first indication information includes radio resource control RRC signaling.
  • the second indication information includes at least one of the following information:
  • the identifier of the HARQ process set where the first HARQ process is located
  • Second parameter information where the second parameter information is used to indicate the activation or deactivation of the HARQ feedback function status of at least one HARQ process, and the at least one HARQ process includes the first HARQ process;
  • the second time information where the second time information is used to indicate the activation time of at least one HARQ process, and the at least one HARQ process includes the first HARQ process.
  • the second indication information includes downlink control information DCI; or, RRC signaling; or, a medium access control MAC control unit CE.
  • the second parameter information is information in a first information field in the second indication information
  • the first HARQ process is an activated non-enabled HARQ process
  • the first HARQ process is a deactivated non-enabled HARQ process.
  • the second indication information is DCI
  • the first information field is the redundancy version information field in the DCI; or, the first information field is the information field in the DCI. Independent information domain.
  • the second parameter information is a combination of information in at least two information fields in the second indication information
  • the first HARQ process is the HARQ process in which the HARQ feedback function is activated and the state is disabled; or,
  • the first HARQ process is the HARQ process with the HARQ feedback function deactivated in the disabled state.
  • the second indication information is DCI
  • the at least two information fields include at least two of the following: a redundancy version information field, a modulation and coding mode information field, and a frequency domain in the DCI. Domain resource allocation information domain.
  • the third indication information includes at least one of the following information:
  • Third parameter information where the third parameter information is used to indicate the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process.
  • the third indication information includes DCI.
  • the third parameter information is information in a second information field in the third indication information
  • the HARQ feedback function state of the first HARQ process is the enabled state
  • the second information field is physical downlink Shared channel PDSCH to HARQ feedback time indication field; or, the second information field is an independent information field.
  • the terminal device receives the at least The order of the two types of information is:
  • the first indication information, the second indication information, and the third indication information are provided.
  • the HARQ process determination apparatus provided in the embodiment of the present application can execute the technical solutions shown in the foregoing method embodiments, and the implementation principles and beneficial effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of another HARQ process state determining apparatus provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • the apparatus 20 for determining the state of the HARQ process can be applied to a network device.
  • the device 20 for determining the state of the HARQ process may include a processing module 21 and a sending module 22, where:
  • the processing module 21 is configured to generate indication information, where the indication information is used to determine the HARQ feedback function state of the first hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ process, and the HARQ feedback function state includes a disabled state or an enabled state;
  • the sending module 22 is configured to send the indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information is used by the terminal device to determine the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process.
  • the HARQ process determination apparatus provided in the embodiment of the present application can execute the technical solutions shown in the foregoing method embodiments, and the implementation principles and beneficial effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of still another HARQ process state determining apparatus provided by an embodiment of this application. Based on the embodiment shown in FIG. 14, referring to FIG. 15, the HARQ process state determining apparatus 20 further includes a receiving module 23, and the first HARQ process includes a downlink HARQ process;
  • the receiving module 23 does not receive the hybrid automatic repeat request response HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the first physical channel transmitted in the first HARQ process ;or,
  • the receiving module 23 receives the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the first physical channel transmitted in the first HARQ process.
  • the sending module 22 uses the first HARQ process to transmit the first physical channel in the first time domain resource. Then, use the first HARQ process to transmit the second physical channel in the second time domain resource; or,
  • the sending module 22 is not in the second time domain resource after the first time domain resource uses the first HARQ process to transmit the first physical channel
  • the first HARQ process is used to transmit a second physical channel, wherein the interval between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource is less than a first time length.
  • the first HARQ process includes a downlink HARQ process
  • the receiving module 23 does not receive the HARQ-ACK information of the physical channel sent by the terminal device, and the first physical channel includes the following situations At least one:
  • the first physical channel is a physical downlink shared channel PDSCH scheduled by a first DCI, the first DCI is a downlink grant, and the first physical channel is transmitted through the first HARQ process;
  • the first physical channel is a semi-persistent scheduling SPS PDSCH scheduled by a second DCI, the second DCI is SPS configuration activation signaling, and the first physical channel is transmitted through the first HARQ process;
  • the first physical channel is an SPS PDSCH without DCI scheduling, and the first physical channel is transmitted through the first HARQ process;
  • the first physical channel is a PDCCH used to indicate SPS PDSCH release, and the first physical channel corresponds to the first HARQ process.
  • the indication information includes at least one of the following information: first indication information, second indication information, and third indication information; wherein,
  • the first indication information is used to configure the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process
  • the second indication information is used to activate or deactivate the disabled state of the first HARQ process
  • the third indication information is used to dynamically indicate the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process.
  • the first indication information includes at least one of the following information:
  • First configuration information where the first configuration information is used to configure the HARQ process set of the terminal device
  • Second configuration information where the second configuration information is used to configure the HARQ feedback function status of the HARQ process of the terminal device
  • Third configuration information where the third configuration information is used to configure the HARQ feedback function state of the HARQ process set of the terminal device
  • the identifier of the HARQ process set where the first HARQ process is located
  • First parameter information where the first parameter information is used to indicate a feedback function status of at least one HARQ process, and the at least one HARQ process includes the first HARQ process;
  • First time information where the first time information is used to indicate a configuration effective time of at least one HARQ process, and the at least one HARQ process includes the first HARQ process.
  • the first indication information includes radio resource control RRC signaling.
  • the second indication information includes at least one of the following information:
  • the identifier of the HARQ process set where the first HARQ process is located
  • Second parameter information where the second parameter information is used to indicate the activation or deactivation of the HARQ feedback function status of at least one HARQ process, the at least one HARQ process including the first HARQ process;
  • Second time information where the second time information is used to indicate the activation time of at least one HARQ process, and the at least one HARQ process includes the first HARQ process.
  • the second indication information includes downlink control information DCI; or, RRC signaling; or, a medium access control MAC control unit CE.
  • the second parameter information is information in a first information field in the second indication information
  • the first HARQ process is an activated non-enabled HARQ process
  • the first HARQ process is a deactivated non-enabled HARQ process.
  • the second indication information is DCI
  • the first information field is the redundancy version information field in the DCI; or, the first information field is the information field in the DCI. Independent information domain.
  • the second parameter information is a combination of information in at least two information fields in the second indication information
  • the first HARQ process is the HARQ process in which the HARQ feedback function is activated and the state is disabled; or,
  • the first HARQ process is the HARQ process with the HARQ feedback function deactivated in the disabled state.
  • the second indication information is DCI
  • the at least two information fields include at least two of the following: a redundancy version information field, a modulation and coding mode information field, and a frequency domain in the DCI. Domain resource allocation information domain.
  • the third indication information includes at least one of the following information:
  • Third parameter information where the third parameter information is used to indicate the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process.
  • the third indication information includes DCI.
  • the third parameter information is information in a second information field in the third indication information
  • the HARQ feedback function state of the first HARQ process is the enabled state
  • the HARQ feedback function state of the first HARQ process is in a disabled state.
  • the second information field is a physical downlink shared channel PDSCH to HARQ feedback time indication field; or, the second information field is an independent information field.
  • the terminal device receives the at least The order of the two types of information is:
  • the first indication information, the second indication information, and the third indication information are provided.
  • the HARQ process determination apparatus provided in the embodiment of the present application can execute the technical solutions shown in the foregoing method embodiments, and the implementation principles and beneficial effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • the terminal device 30 may include: a transceiver 31, a memory 32, and a processor 33.
  • the transceiver 31 may include: a transmitter and/or a receiver.
  • the transmitter can also be referred to as a transmitter, a transmitter, a transmitting port, or a transmitting interface
  • the receiver can also be referred to as a receiver, a receiver, a receiving port, or a receiving interface, and other similar descriptions.
  • the transceiver 31, the memory 32, and the processor 33 are connected to each other through a bus 34.
  • the memory 32 is used to store program instructions
  • the processor 33 is configured to execute the program instructions stored in the memory, so as to enable the terminal device 30 to execute any of the above-mentioned methods for determining the state of the HARQ process.
  • the receiver of the transceiver 31 may be used to perform the receiving function of the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the transmitter of the transceiver 31 may be used to perform the sending function of the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the terminal device provided in the embodiment of the present application can execute the technical solution shown in the foregoing method embodiment, and its implementation principles and beneficial effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • the network device 40 may include: a transceiver 41, a memory 42, and a processor 43.
  • the transceiver 41 may include: a transmitter and/or a receiver.
  • the transmitter can also be referred to as a transmitter, a transmitter, a transmitting port, or a transmitting interface
  • the receiver can also be referred to as a receiver, a receiver, a receiving port, or a receiving interface, and other similar descriptions.
  • the transceiver 41, the memory 42, and the processor 43 are connected to each other through a bus 44.
  • the memory 42 is used to store program instructions
  • the processor 43 is configured to execute the program instructions stored in the memory, so as to enable the terminal device 30 to execute any of the above-mentioned methods for determining the state of the HARQ process.
  • the transmitter of the transceiver 41 may be used to perform the sending function of the network device in the above method for determining the state of the HARQ process.
  • the network device provided in the embodiments of the present application can execute the technical solutions shown in the foregoing method embodiments, and the implementation principles and beneficial effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium in which computer-executable instructions are stored.
  • the computer-executable instructions are executed by a processor, they are used to implement the aforementioned HARQ process state determination method.
  • the implementation principle and beneficial effects are similar, and will not be repeated here.
  • the embodiments of the present application may also provide a computer program product, which can be executed by a processor, and when the computer program product is executed, it can implement the method for determining the state of the HARQ process executed by any of the terminal devices shown above.
  • the implementation principle and beneficial effects are similar, and will not be repeated here.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a system on a chip or a system chip, the system on a chip or a system chip may be applied to a terminal device, and the system on a chip or a system chip includes: at least one communication interface, at least one processor, and at least one The memory, the communication interface, the memory, and the processor are interconnected by a bus, and the processor executes the instructions stored in the memory so that the base station can execute the above method for determining the state of the HARQ process.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a system on a chip or a system chip.
  • the system on a chip or a system chip may be applied to a network device.
  • the system on a chip or the system chip includes: at least one communication interface, at least one processor, and at least one
  • the memory, the communication interface, the memory, and the processor are interconnected by a bus, and the processor executes the instructions stored in the memory so that the base station can execute the above method for determining the state of the HARQ process.
  • All or part of the steps in the foregoing method embodiments may be implemented by a program instructing relevant hardware.
  • the aforementioned program can be stored in a readable memory.
  • the program executes the steps that include the foregoing method embodiments; and the foregoing memory (storage medium) includes: read-only memory (English: read-only memory, abbreviation: ROM), RAM, flash memory, hard disk, Solid state hard disk, magnetic tape (English: magnetic tape), floppy disk (English: floppy disk), optical disc (English: optical disc) and any combination thereof.
  • These computer program instructions can be provided to the processing unit of a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, an embedded processor, or other programmable data processing equipment to generate a machine, so that the instructions executed by the processing unit of the computer or other programmable data processing equipment can be used to generate It is a device that realizes the functions specified in one process or multiple processes in the flowchart and/or one block or multiple blocks in the block diagram.
  • These computer program instructions can also be stored in a computer-readable memory that can guide a computer or other programmable data processing equipment to work in a specific manner, so that the instructions stored in the computer-readable memory produce an article of manufacture including the instruction device.
  • the device implements the functions specified in one process or multiple processes in the flowchart and/or one block or multiple blocks in the block diagram.
  • These computer program instructions can also be loaded on a computer or other programmable data processing equipment, so that a series of operation steps are executed on the computer or other programmable equipment to produce computer-implemented processing, so as to execute on the computer or other programmable equipment.
  • the instructions provide steps for implementing the functions specified in one process or multiple processes in the flowchart and/or one block or multiple blocks in the block diagram.
  • the term “including” and its variations may refer to non-limiting inclusion; the term “or” and its variations may refer to “and/or”.
  • the terms “first”, “second”, etc. in this application are used to distinguish similar objects, and are not necessarily used to describe a specific sequence or sequence.
  • “plurality” means two or more.
  • “And/or” describes the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there can be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone.
  • the character “/” generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or” relationship.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Provided in the embodiments of the present application are a method, apparatus and device for determining the status of a HARQ process, the method comprising: a terminal device receives indication information sent by a network device, the indication information being used for determining the HARQ feedback function status of a first hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) process, and the HARQ feedback function status comprising a disabled status or an enabled status; and the terminal device determines the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process according to the indication information. The efficiency of data transmission is increased.

Description

HARQ进程的状态确定方法、装置及设备Method, device and equipment for determining status of HARQ process 技术领域Technical field
本发明涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种HARQ进程的状态确定方法、装置及设备。The present invention relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a method, device and equipment for determining the state of a HARQ process.
背景技术Background technique
非地面通信网络(non-terrestrial network,NTN)是指终端设备和卫星(还可以称为网络设备)之间的通信网络。Non-terrestrial communication network (non-terrestrial network, NTN) refers to a communication network between terminal equipment and satellites (also called network equipment).
在NTN系统中,可以通过混合自动重传请求(hybrid automatic repeat request,HARQ)机制进行重传。在HARQ机制中,在下行过程中,终端设备接收到网络设备发送的一个HARQ进程对应的下行数据之后,终端设备对下行数据进行译码,并根据译码结果向网络设备发送HARQ反馈。在网络设备接收到终端设备发送的HARQ-ACK反馈之后,网络设备才向终端设备发送该HARQ进程对应的其它下行数据。在上行过程中,在终端设备通过HARQ进程向网络设备发送上行数据之后的预设时长之内,若网络设备调度终端设备通过该HARQ进程进行上行数据传输时,则终端设备忽略对该HARQ进程的调度,即,终端设备不通过该HARQ进程传输上行数据。然而,由于终端设备和网络设备之间的传输时延较大,且通过HARQ机制进行数据传输的交互次数较多,导致通过HARQ机制进行数据传输的效率较低。In the NTN system, retransmission can be performed through a hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) mechanism. In the HARQ mechanism, in the downlink process, after the terminal device receives the downlink data corresponding to a HARQ process sent by the network device, the terminal device decodes the downlink data and sends HARQ feedback to the network device according to the decoding result. After the network device receives the HARQ-ACK feedback sent by the terminal device, the network device sends other downlink data corresponding to the HARQ process to the terminal device. In the uplink process, within the preset time period after the terminal device sends uplink data to the network device through the HARQ process, if the network device schedules the terminal device to transmit uplink data through the HARQ process, the terminal device ignores the HARQ process. Scheduling, that is, the terminal device does not transmit uplink data through the HARQ process. However, because the transmission delay between the terminal device and the network device is relatively large, and the number of interactions for data transmission through the HARQ mechanism is relatively large, the efficiency of data transmission through the HARQ mechanism is low.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种HARQ进程的状态确定方法,提高了数据传输效率。The embodiment of the present application provides a method for determining the state of the HARQ process, which improves the efficiency of data transmission.
第一方面,本申请实施例提供一种混合自动重传请求HARQ进程的状态确定方法,包括:In the first aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a method for determining the status of a hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ process, including:
终端设备接收网络设备发送的指示信息,所述指示信息用于确定第一混合自动重传请求HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态,所述HARQ反馈功能状态包括非使能态或使能态;The terminal device receives instruction information sent by the network device, where the instruction information is used to determine the HARQ feedback function state of the first hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ process, and the HARQ feedback function state includes a disabled state or an enabled state;
所述终端设备根据所述指示信息,确定所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态。The terminal device determines the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process according to the indication information.
第二方面,本申请实施例提供一种HARQ进程的状态确定方法,In the second aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a method for determining the status of a HARQ process,
网络设备生成指示信息,所述指示信息用于确定第一混合自动重传请求HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态,所述HARQ反馈功能状态包括非使能态或使能态;The network device generates indication information, the indication information is used to determine the HARQ feedback function state of the first hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ process, and the HARQ feedback function state includes a disabled state or an enabled state;
所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送所述指示信息,所述指示信息用于所述终端设备确定所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态。The network device sends the indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information is used by the terminal device to determine the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process.
第三方面,本申请实施例提供一种混合自动重传请求HARQ进程的状态确定装置,包括:接收模块和处理模块,其中,In a third aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an apparatus for determining the state of a HARQ process of a hybrid automatic repeat request, including: a receiving module and a processing module, where:
所述接收模块用于,接收网络设备发送的指示信息,所述指示信息用于确定第一混合自动重传请求HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态,所述HARQ反馈功能状态包括非使能态或使能态;The receiving module is configured to receive indication information sent by a network device, where the indication information is used to determine the HARQ feedback function state of the first hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ process, and the HARQ feedback function state includes the disabled state or the enabled state. Energy state
所述处理模块用于,根据所述指示信息,确定所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态。The processing module is configured to determine the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process according to the indication information.
第四方面,本申请实施例提供一种混合自动重传请求HARQ进程的状态确定装置,包括处理模块和发送模块,其中,In a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an apparatus for determining the status of a hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ process, which includes a processing module and a sending module, where:
所述处理模块用于,生成指示信息,所述指示信息用于确定第一混合自动重传请求HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态,所述HARQ反馈功能状态包括非使能态或使能态;The processing module is configured to generate indication information, the indication information is used to determine the HARQ feedback function state of the first hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ process, and the HARQ feedback function state includes a disabled state or an enabled state;
所述发送模块用于,向所述终端设备发送所述指示信息,所述指示信息用于所述终端设备确定所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态。The sending module is configured to send the indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information is used by the terminal device to determine the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process.
第五方面,本申请实施例提供一种终端设备,包括:收发器、处理器、存储器;In a fifth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a terminal device, including: a transceiver, a processor, and a memory;
所述存储器存储计算机执行指令;The memory stores computer execution instructions;
所述处理器执行所述存储器存储的计算机执行指令,使得所述处理器执行如第一方面任一项所述的HARQ进程的状态确定方法。The processor executes the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory, so that the processor executes the method for determining the state of the HARQ process according to any one of the first aspect.
第六方面,本申请实施例提供一种网络设备,包括:收发器、处理器、存储器;In a sixth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a network device, including: a transceiver, a processor, and a memory;
所述存储器存储计算机执行指令;The memory stores computer execution instructions;
所述处理器执行所述存储器存储的计算机执行指令,使得所述处理器执行如第二方面任一项所述的HARQ进程的状态确定方法。The processor executes the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory, so that the processor executes the method for determining the status of the HARQ process according to any one of the second aspect.
第七方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机执行指令,当所述计算机执行指令被处理器执行时用于实现第一方面任一项所述的HARQ进程的状态确定方法。In a seventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium having computer-executable instructions stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer-executable instructions are executed by a processor, they are used to implement any one of the first aspect. The method for determining the status of the HARQ process described in the item.
第八方面,本申请实施例提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机执行指令,当所述计算机执行指令被处理器执行时用于实现第二方面任一项所述的HARQ进程的状态确定方法。In an eighth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium having computer-executable instructions stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer-executable instructions are executed by a processor, they are used to implement any one of the second aspect. The method for determining the status of the HARQ process described in the item.
本申请实施例提供的HARQ进程的状态确定方法,网络设备可以通过指示信息指示第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态。终端设备可以根据指示信息,确定第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态。在下行过程中,在第一HARQ进程为非使能态时,终端设备无需向网络设备对该第一HARQ进程进行反馈,网络设备即可通过第一HARQ进程继续向终端设备传输其他数据,使得网络设备无需等待,提高了终端设备和网络设备之间的数据传输效率。在上行过程中,在第一HARQ进程为非使能态时,在终端设备通过第一HARQ进程传输上行数据之后,终端设备无需等待预设时长,终端设备即可被调度通过第一HARQ进程再次进行上行数据传输,提高了终端设备和网络设备之间的数据传输效率。In the method for determining the status of the HARQ process provided by the embodiment of the present application, the network device may indicate the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process through the indication information. The terminal device may determine the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process according to the indication information. In the downlink process, when the first HARQ process is in the disabled state, the terminal device does not need to feed back the first HARQ process to the network device, and the network device can continue to transmit other data to the terminal device through the first HARQ process, so that The network device does not need to wait, and the data transmission efficiency between the terminal device and the network device is improved. In the uplink process, when the first HARQ process is in the disabled state, after the terminal device transmits uplink data through the first HARQ process, the terminal device does not need to wait for the preset time, and the terminal device can be scheduled to pass through the first HARQ process again Uplink data transmission improves the efficiency of data transmission between terminal equipment and network equipment.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1为本申请实施例提供的HARQ进程与RTT的示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of HARQ process and RTT provided by an embodiment of this application;
图2A为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的架构示意图;2A is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a communication system provided by an embodiment of this application;
图2B为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信系统的架构示意图;2B is a schematic structural diagram of another communication system provided by an embodiment of this application;
图3为本申请实施例提供的对非使能态的HARQ进程进行处理的示意图;FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of processing a HARQ process in a non-enabled state according to an embodiment of the application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种HARQ进程的状态确定方法的流程示意图;4 is a schematic flowchart of a method for determining the status of a HARQ process according to an embodiment of the application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的另一种HARQ进程的状态确定方法的流程示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of another method for determining the status of a HARQ process according to an embodiment of the application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的又一种HARQ进程的状态确定方法的流程示意图;FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of another method for determining the status of a HARQ process according to an embodiment of the application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的再一种HARQ进程的状态确定方法的流程示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of still another method for determining the status of a HARQ process according to an embodiment of the application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的一种HARQ进程的HARQ反馈状态示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of the HARQ feedback state of a HARQ process provided by an embodiment of this application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的另一种HARQ进程的HARQ反馈状态示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of the HARQ feedback state of another HARQ process provided by an embodiment of this application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的又一种HARQ进程的HARQ反馈状态示意图;FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of the HARQ feedback state of another HARQ process according to an embodiment of this application;
图11为本申请实施例提供的再一种HARQ进程的HARQ反馈状态示意图;FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of the HARQ feedback state of another HARQ process provided by an embodiment of this application;
图12为本申请实施例提供的一种HARQ进程的状态确定装置的结构示意图;FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for determining the state of a HARQ process according to an embodiment of the application;
图13为本申请实施例提供的另一种HARQ进程的状态确定装置的结构示意图;FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of another HARQ process state determination apparatus provided by an embodiment of this application;
图14为本申请实施例提供的又一种HARQ进程的状态确定装置的结构示意图;FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of another HARQ process state determining apparatus provided by an embodiment of the application;
图15为本申请实施例提供的再一种HARQ进程的状态确定装置的结构示意图;FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of still another HARQ process state determining apparatus provided by an embodiment of this application;
图16为本申请实施例提供的终端设备的结构示意图;FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图17为本申请实施例提供的网络设备的结构示意图。FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of the application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
为了便于理解,首先,对本申请所涉及的概念进行说明。In order to facilitate understanding, first, the concepts involved in this application will be explained.
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:全球移动通讯(Global System of Mobile communication,GSM)系统、码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access,CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access,WCDMA)系统、通用分组无线业务(General Packet Radio Service,GPRS)、长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)系统、先进的长期演进(Advanced long term evolution,LTE-A)系统、新无线(New Radio,NR)系统、NR系统的演进系统、非授权频谱上的LTE(LTE-based access to unlicensed spectrum,LTE-U)系统、非授权频谱上的NR(NR-based access to unlicensed spectrum,NR-U)系统、非地面通信网络(Non-Terrestrial Networks,NTN)系统、通用移动通信系统(Universal Mobile Telecommunication System,UMTS)、无线局域网(Wireless Local Area Networks,WLAN)、无线保真(Wireless Fidelity,WiFi)、下一代通信(5th-Generation,5G)系统或其他通信系统等。The technical solutions of the embodiments of this application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: Global System of Mobile Communication (GSM) system, Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA) system, and Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (Wideband Code Division Multiple Access, WCDMA) system, General Packet Radio Service (GPRS), Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, Advanced Long Term Evolution (LTE-A) system , New Radio (NR) system, evolution system of NR system, LTE (LTE-based access to unlicensed spectrum, LTE-U) system on unlicensed spectrum, NR (NR-based access to unlicensed spectrum) unlicensed spectrum, NR-U) system, non-terrestrial communication network (Non-Terrestrial Networks, NTN) system, Universal Mobile Telecommunication System (UMTS), wireless local area network (Wireless Local Area Networks, WLAN), wireless fidelity (Wireless Fidelity, WiFi), next-generation communication (5th-Generation, 5G) system, or other communication systems, etc.
通常来说,传统的通信系统支持的连接数有限,也易于实现,然而,随着通信技术的发展,移动通信系统将不仅支持传统的通信,还将支持例如,设备到设备(Device to Device,D2D)通信,机器到机器(Machine to Machine,M2M)通信,机器类型通信(Machine Type Communication,MTC),以及车辆间(Vehicle to Vehicle,V2V)通信,或车联网V2X通信等,本申请实施例也可以应用于这些通信系统。Generally speaking, traditional communication systems support a limited number of connections and are easy to implement. However, with the development of communication technology, mobile communication systems will not only support traditional communication, but also support, for example, Device to Device (Device to Device, D2D) communication, machine to machine (Machine to Machine, M2M) communication, machine type communication (MTC), and vehicle to vehicle (V2V) communication, or car networking V2X communication, etc., examples of this application It can also be applied to these communication systems.
可选地,本申请实施例中的通信系统可以应用于载波聚合(Carrier Aggregation,CA)场景,也可以应用于双连接(Dual Connectivity,DC)场景,还可以应用于独立(Standalone,SA)布网场景。Optionally, the communication system in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to a carrier aggregation (Carrier Aggregation, CA) scenario, can also be applied to a dual connectivity (DC) scenario, and can also be applied to a standalone (SA) deployment. Network scene.
本申请实施例对应用的频谱并不限定。例如,本申请实施例可以应用于授权频谱,也可以应用于非授权频谱(也称为免授权频谱或共享频谱)。The embodiment of the application does not limit the applied frequency spectrum. For example, the embodiments of this application can be applied to licensed spectrum or unlicensed spectrum (also referred to as unlicensed spectrum or shared spectrum).
本申请实施例结合网络设备和终端设备描述了各个实施例,其中:终端设备通常具有无线收发功能,也可以称为用户设备(User Equipment,UE)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置等。终端设备可以是WLAN中的站点(STAION,ST),可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(Session Initiation Protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(Wireless Local Loop,WLL)站、个人数字处理(Personal Digital Assistant,PDA)设备、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备以及下一代通信系统,例如,NR网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的公共陆地移动网络(Public Land Mobile Network,PLMN)网络中的终端设备等。The embodiments of this application describe various embodiments in combination with network equipment and terminal equipment. The terminal equipment usually has a wireless transceiver function, which can also be called User Equipment (UE), access terminal, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile Station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user device, etc. The terminal device can be a station (STAION, ST) in a WLAN, a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (Wireless Local Loop, WLL) station, and personal digital processing (Personal Digital Assistant, PDA) devices, handheld devices with wireless communication capabilities, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, and next-generation communication systems, such as terminal devices in the NR network or Terminal equipment in the public land mobile network (PLMN) network that will evolve in the future.
在本申请实施例中,终端设备可以部署在陆地上,包括室内或室外、手持、穿戴或车载;也可以部署在水面上(如轮船等);还可以部署在空中(例如飞机、气球和卫星上等)。In the embodiments of this application, the terminal device can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld, wearable, or vehicle-mounted; it can also be deployed on water (such as ships, etc.); it can also be deployed in the air (such as airplanes, balloons, and satellites). First class).
在本申请实施例中,终端设备可以是手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑(Pad)、带无线收发功能的电脑、虚拟现实(virtual reality,简称VR)终端设备、增强现实(augmented reality,简称AR)终端设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、车载终端设备、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程医疗(remote medical)中的无线终端设备、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端设备、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端设备、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端设备、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端设备、可穿戴终端设备等。本申请实施例所涉及的终端设备还可以称为终端、用户设备(user equipment,UE)、接入终端设备、车载终端、工业控制终端、UE单元、UE站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端设备、移动设备、UE终端设备、无线通信设备、UE代理或UE装置等。终端设备也可以是固定的或者移动的。In the embodiments of the present application, the terminal device may be a mobile phone (mobile phone), a tablet computer (Pad), a computer with wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (AR) ) Terminal equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, vehicle-mounted terminal equipment, wireless terminals in self-driving (self-driving), wireless terminal equipment in remote medical, and smart grid (smart grid) Wireless terminal equipment, wireless terminal equipment in transportation safety, wireless terminal equipment in smart city, wireless terminal equipment in smart home, wearable terminal equipment, etc. The terminal equipment involved in the embodiments of the present application may also be referred to as a terminal, user equipment (UE), access terminal equipment, vehicle-mounted terminal, industrial control terminal, UE unit, UE station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station , Remote terminal equipment, mobile equipment, UE terminal equipment, wireless communication equipment, UE agent or UE device, etc. The terminal device can also be fixed or mobile.
作为示例而非限定,在本申请实施例中,该终端设备可以是可穿戴设备。可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备,是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称,如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上,或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备,更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能,例如:智能手表或智能眼镜等,以及只专注于某一类应用功能,需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用,如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能首饰等。As an example and not a limitation, in the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may be a wearable device. Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices. It is a general term for the application of wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes. A wearable device is a portable device that is directly worn on the body or integrated into the user's clothes or accessories. Wearable devices are not only a kind of hardware device, but also realize powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction. In a broad sense, wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, complete or partial functions that can be achieved without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, and need to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones. Use, such as all kinds of smart bracelets and smart jewelry for physical sign monitoring.
网络设备可以是用于与移动设备通信的设备。网络设备可以是WLAN中的接入点(Access Point,AP),GSM或CDMA中的基站(Base Transceiver Station,BTS),也可以是WCDMA中的基站(NodeB, NB),还可以是LTE中的演进型基站(Evolutional Node B,eNB或eNodeB),或者中继站或接入点,或者车载设备、可穿戴设备以及NR网络中的网络设备(gNB)或者未来演进的PLMN网络中的网络设备等。The network device may be a device used to communicate with mobile devices. The network equipment can be an Access Point (AP) in WLAN, a Base Transceiver Station (BTS) in GSM or CDMA, a base station (NodeB, NB) in WCDMA, or a base station in LTE Evolutional Node B (eNB or eNodeB), or relay station or access point, or in-vehicle equipment, wearable equipment, and network equipment (gNB) in the NR network or network equipment in the future evolved PLMN network, etc.
在本申请实施例中,网络设备可以具有移动特性,例如,网络设备可以为移动的设备。可选地,网络设备可以为卫星、气球站。例如,卫星可以为低地球轨道(low earth orbit,LEO)卫星、中地球轨道(medium earth orbit,MEO)卫星、地球同步轨道(geostationary earth orbit,GEO)卫星、高椭圆轨道(High Elliptical Orbit,HEO)卫星等。可选地,网络设备还可以为设置在陆地、水域等位置的基站。In the embodiment of the present application, the network device may have mobile characteristics, for example, the network device may be a mobile device. Optionally, the network equipment can be a satellite or a balloon station. For example, the satellite may be a low earth orbit (LEO) satellite, a medium earth orbit (MEO) satellite, a geostationary earth orbit (GEO) satellite, or a high elliptical orbit (High Elliptical Orbit, HEO). ) Satellite etc. Optionally, the network device may also be a base station installed in a location such as land or water.
在本申请实施例中,网络设备为小区(Cell)提供服务,终端设备通过该小区使用的传输资源(例如,频域资源,或者说,频谱资源)与网络设备进行通信,该小区可以是网络设备(例如基站)对应的小区,小区可以属于宏基站,也可以属于小小区(Small cell)对应的基站,这里的小小区可以包括:城市小区(Metro cell)、微小区(Micro cell)、微微小区(Pico cell)、毫微微小区(Femto cell)等,这些小小区具有覆盖范围小、发射功率低的特点,适用于提供高速率的数据传输服务。In the embodiments of the present application, the network equipment provides services for the cell, and the terminal equipment communicates with the network equipment through the transmission resources (for example, frequency domain resources, or spectrum resources) used by the cell. The cell may be a network The cell corresponding to the device (such as a base station). The cell can belong to a macro base station or a base station corresponding to a small cell. The small cell here can include: Metro cell, Micro cell, Pico Pico cells, femto cells, etc., these small cells have the characteristics of small coverage and low transmit power, and are suitable for providing high-rate data transmission services.
应理解,本文中术语“系统”和“网络”在本文中常可互换使用。本文中术语“和/或”用来描述关联对象的关联关系,例如表示前后关联对象可存在三种关系,举例说明,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A、同时存在A和B、单独存在B这三种情况。本文中字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是“或”的关系。It should be understood that the terms "system" and "network" in this article are often used interchangeably in this article. The term "and/or" in this article is used to describe the association relationship of the associated objects, for example, it means that there can be three types of relationships before and after the associated objects. For example, A and/or B can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist simultaneously, There are three cases of B alone. The character "/" in this text generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are "or".
为了更好地描述本申请实施例的原理和具体实施方式,以下对本申请实施例的相关技术内容进行描述。In order to better describe the principles and specific implementations of the embodiments of the present application, the relevant technical content of the embodiments of the present application will be described below.
下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI):对于有下行业务的终端设备,网络设备可以通过下行授权DCI为终端设备调度物理下行共享信道(physical downlink shared channel,PDSCH)的传输。下行授权DCI中包括物理上行控制信道(physical uplink control channel,PUCCH)资源的指示信息,终端设备在收到PDSCH后,终端设备可以确定该PDSCH的译码结果(ACK或NACK信息),并通过该PUCCH资源将译码结果反馈给网络设备。在NR系统中,PDSCH调度的DCI格式包括DCI格式1_0,DCI格式1_1,DCI格式1_2。下面,分别结合表1、表2和表3介绍每种DCI格式的DCI中包括的信息域以及比特大小。Downlink control information (DCI): For terminal devices with downlink services, the network device can schedule the physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) transmission for the terminal device through the downlink authorized DCI. The downlink authorized DCI includes physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) resource indication information. After the terminal device receives the PDSCH, the terminal device can determine the decoding result (ACK or NACK information) of the PDSCH, and pass the The PUCCH resource feeds back the decoding result to the network device. In the NR system, the DCI format for PDSCH scheduling includes DCI format 1_0, DCI format 1_1, and DCI format 1_2. In the following, the information fields and bit sizes included in the DCI of each DCI format are introduced in conjunction with Table 1, Table 2 and Table 3 respectively.
表1Table 1
Figure PCTCN2020077285-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2020077285-appb-000001
在表1中,下行链路分配索引、预定PUCCH的TPC命令、PUCCH资源指示、PDSCH到HARQ反馈定时指示信息域用于反馈PDSCH传输对应的HARQ-ACK信息。In Table 1, the downlink allocation index, the TPC command of the predetermined PUCCH, the PUCCH resource indication, and the PDSCH to HARQ feedback timing indication information field are used to feed back the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the PDSCH transmission.
表2Table 2
Figure PCTCN2020077285-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2020077285-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2020077285-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2020077285-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2020077285-appb-000004
Figure PCTCN2020077285-appb-000004
在表2中,下行链路分配索引、预定PUCCH的TPC命令、PUCCH资源指示、PDSCH到HARQ反馈定时指示、单次HARQ-ACK请求、PDSCH群索引、新反馈指示、请求的PDSCH组数信息域用于反馈PDSCH传输对应的HARQ-ACK信息。In Table 2, the downlink allocation index, TPC command of the scheduled PUCCH, PUCCH resource indicator, PDSCH to HARQ feedback timing indicator, single HARQ-ACK request, PDSCH group index, new feedback indicator, requested PDSCH group number information field It is used to feed back the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to PDSCH transmission.
表3table 3
Figure PCTCN2020077285-appb-000005
Figure PCTCN2020077285-appb-000005
在表3中,下行链路分配索引、预定PUCCH的TPC命令、PUCCH资源指示、PDSCH-to-HARQ_反馈定时指示信息域用于反馈PDSCH传输对应的HARQ-ACK信息。In Table 3, the downlink allocation index, the TPC command of the predetermined PUCCH, the PUCCH resource indicator, and the PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indication information field are used to feed back the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the PDSCH transmission.
在上述表2-表3中,对于DCI格式1_1和DCI格式1_2,DCI中包括的多数信息域的大小可以是网络设备通过高层参数(例如无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)信令)配置的。例如,DCI格式中的信息域对应的比特数为0时,表示该DCI格式中可以不包括该信息域。In Table 2 to Table 3 above, for DCI format 1_1 and DCI format 1_2, the size of most information fields included in DCI can be configured by network equipment through high-level parameters (for example, radio resource control (RRC) signaling) of. For example, when the number of bits corresponding to the information field in the DCI format is 0, it means that the information field may not be included in the DCI format.
在上述表1-表3中,若网络设备和终端设备之间的通信传输是发生在共享频谱上(例如,非授权频谱上),或者终端设备通过非授权频谱上的资源发送PUCCH时,上述DCI中可以包括信道接入指示(ChannelAccess-CPext)信息域;若网络设备和终端设备之间的通信传输是发生在授权频谱上时,上述DCI中不包括信道接入指示(ChannelAccess-CPext)信息域。In Table 1 to Table 3 above, if the communication transmission between the network device and the terminal device occurs on a shared spectrum (for example, on an unlicensed spectrum), or when the terminal device sends PUCCH through resources on the unlicensed spectrum, the above The DCI may include the channel access indication (ChannelAccess-CPext) information field; if the communication between the network device and the terminal device occurs on the licensed spectrum, the above DCI does not include the channel access indication (ChannelAccess-CPext) information area.
对于有上行业务的终端设备,网络设备可以通过上行授权DCI为终端设备调度物理上行共享信道(physical uplink shared channel,PUSCH)的传输。上行授权DCI中可以包括确定PUSCH资源的指示 信息,终端设备可以根据上行授权DCI在该确定的PUSCH资源上传输PUSCH。在NR系统中,调度PUSCH传输的DCI格式包括DCI格式0_0,DCI格式0_1,或DCI格式0_2。For terminal devices with uplink services, the network device can schedule physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) transmission for the terminal device through the uplink authorization DCI. The uplink authorized DCI may include indication information for determining the PUSCH resource, and the terminal device may transmit the PUSCH on the determined PUSCH resource according to the uplink authorized DCI. In the NR system, the DCI format for scheduling PUSCH transmission includes DCI format 0_0, DCI format 0_1, or DCI format 0_2.
混合自动重传请求(hybrid automatic repeat request,HARQ)机制:HARQ机制为媒体接入控制(medium access control,MAC)层的重传机制,通过HARQ机制可以对传输丢失或者传输出错的数据进行重传。HARQ进程包括上行HARQ进程和下行HARQ进程,上行HARQ进程和下行HARQ进程相互独立。Hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) mechanism: The HARQ mechanism is a medium access control (MAC) layer retransmission mechanism. The HARQ mechanism can retransmit data that has been lost or transmitted incorrectly. . The HARQ process includes an uplink HARQ process and a downlink HARQ process, and the uplink HARQ process and the downlink HARQ process are independent of each other.
在相关技术中(例如NR系统中),通常采用停等协议(stop-and-wait protocol)进行HARQ重传。在采用等停协议进行HARQ重传时,发送端通过一个HARQ进程发送传输块(transport block,TB)以后,就停下来等待接收端发送的确认信息(确认信息用于指示接收端是否正确接收传输块TB),在该等待的过程中,发送端无法通过该HARQ进程向终端设备发送其它TB。在接收端接收到一个HARQ进程对应的TB以后,接收端对TB进行译码,若译码成功,则接收端向发送端发送肯定应答确认信息(ACK),若译码失败,则接收端向发送端发送否定应答确认信息(NACK)。若发送端接收到HARQ进程对应的ACK信息,则发送端可以通过该HARQ进程向接收端发送其它TB。若发送端接收到HARQ进程对应的NACK,或者发送端长时间内未接收到任何响应,则发送端可以通过该HARQ进程重传TB。在上述过程中,当发送端为网络设备时,接收端可以为终端设备。当发送端为终端设备时,接收端可以为网络设备或另一终端设备。In related technologies (for example, in the NR system), a stop-and-wait protocol (stop-and-wait protocol) is usually used for HARQ retransmission. When using the wait-stop protocol for HARQ retransmission, after the sender sends a transport block (TB) through a HARQ process, it stops and waits for the confirmation message sent by the receiver (the confirmation message is used to indicate whether the receiver receives the transmission correctly Block TB). During the waiting process, the sender cannot send other TBs to the terminal device through the HARQ process. After the receiving end receives a TB corresponding to the HARQ process, the receiving end decodes the TB. If the decoding is successful, the receiving end sends an acknowledgement message (ACK) to the sending end. If the decoding fails, the receiving end sends an acknowledgement message (ACK) to the sending end. The sender sends a negative acknowledgement (NACK). If the sending end receives the ACK information corresponding to the HARQ process, the sending end can send other TBs to the receiving end through the HARQ process. If the sender receives the NACK corresponding to the HARQ process, or the sender does not receive any response for a long time, the sender can retransmit the TB through the HARQ process. In the above process, when the sending end is a network device, the receiving end may be a terminal device. When the sending end is a terminal device, the receiving end may be a network device or another terminal device.
在相关技术中,网络设备可以通过例如无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)信令半静态配置等方式向终端设备指示上下行最大的HARQ进程数。如果网络设备未提供相应的配置参数,则下行的HARQ进程数可以为缺省值例如为8。上行每个载波支持的最大HARQ进程数可以为16。其中,每个HARQ进程对应一个HARQ进程号(HARQ process number,HPN),HARQ进程号也称为HARQID(Identity,标识)。In related technologies, the network device can indicate the maximum number of HARQ processes in uplink and downlink to the terminal device by means of, for example, radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC) signaling semi-static configuration. If the network device does not provide corresponding configuration parameters, the number of downlink HARQ processes may be a default value of 8, for example. The maximum number of HARQ processes supported by each carrier in the uplink can be 16. Among them, each HARQ process corresponds to a HARQ process number (HARQ process number, HPN), and the HARQ process number is also called HARQID (Identity, identification).
图1以下行传输为例,对HARQ进程数和往返传输时间RTT如何影响数据传输的吞吐量进行说明。如图1所示,终端设备被配置的最大HARQ进程数为16,16个HARQ进程包括HARQ0至HARQ15,16个HARQ进程可在16ms内被连续调度。其中,对于一个HARQ进程例如HARQ0,其被调度后,在数据往返过程中该HARQ进程HARQ0处于停等状态,不能用于传输其他数据,因此,在图1所示的终端设备最大HARQ进程数为16的场景中,可能存在以下几种情况:Figure 1 illustrates how the number of HARQ processes and the round-trip transmission time RTT affect the throughput of data transmission. As shown in Figure 1, the maximum number of HARQ processes configured by the terminal device is 16. The 16 HARQ processes include HARQ0 to HARQ15, and the 16 HARQ processes can be continuously scheduled within 16ms. Among them, for a HARQ process such as HARQ0, after it is scheduled, the HARQ process HARQ0 is in a stopped state during the data round-trip process and cannot be used to transmit other data. Therefore, the maximum number of HARQ processes in the terminal device shown in Figure 1 is In the scenario of 16, there may be the following situations:
如果RTT小于16ms,在HARQ0被调度后的RTT范围内,在有业务数据要传输时,该终端设备总是可以有并行的HARQ进程(HARQ1至HARQ15中的一个或多个)来进行数据传输;在HARQ0被调度后的时间超过RTT时,HARQ0可再次用于传输数据。因此,数据可以在由HARQ0至HARQ15构成的HARQ实体上连续传输,不影响该终端设备的最大吞吐量。另外,如果RTT等于16ms,且终端设备被配置的最大HARQ进程数为16,同理可知,总是有HARQ进程可传输业务数据;但是,如果终端设备被配置的最大HARQ进程数小于16,则在有业务数据要传输时,有可能所有HARQ进程都处于等待网络设备反馈的状态,则此时没有HARQ进程可用,影响终端设备数据传输的吞吐量。If the RTT is less than 16ms, within the RTT range after HARQ0 is scheduled, when there is service data to be transmitted, the terminal device can always have parallel HARQ processes (one or more of HARQ1 to HARQ15) for data transmission; When the time after HARQ0 is scheduled exceeds RTT, HARQ0 can be used to transmit data again. Therefore, data can be continuously transmitted on the HARQ entity composed of HARQ0 to HARQ15 without affecting the maximum throughput of the terminal device. In addition, if the RTT is equal to 16ms and the maximum number of HARQ processes configured for the terminal device is 16, it can be seen that there are always HARQ processes that can transmit service data; however, if the maximum number of HARQ processes configured for the terminal device is less than 16, then When there is service data to be transmitted, it is possible that all HARQ processes are in a state of waiting for feedback from the network equipment, and then no HARQ process is available at this time, which affects the throughput of terminal equipment data transmission.
如果RTT远大于16ms,例如NTN系统中的RTT可达600ms,实际中可能的情况是:终端设备的所有HARQ进程都处于未收到网络设备反馈的状态,则终端设备在有业务数据待传输时,将在很长时间内没有HARQ进程可用,严重影响终端设备数据传输的吞吐量。If the RTT is much greater than 16ms, for example, the RTT in the NTN system can reach 600ms. In practice, it is possible that all HARQ processes of the terminal device are in a state of not receiving feedback from the network device, and the terminal device has business data to be transmitted when , There will be no HARQ process available for a long time, which will seriously affect the throughput of terminal equipment data transmission.
也就是说,在NTN系统的应用场景或类似的其他场景中,由于RTT大幅增大,导致终端设备配置的HARQ进程数与系统RTT不匹配,最终导致系统性能下降。That is to say, in the application scenario of the NTN system or other similar scenarios, due to the substantial increase in the RTT, the number of HARQ processes configured by the terminal device does not match the system RTT, and ultimately the system performance is degraded.
为了解决上述技术问题,本申请实施例提出一种HARQ进程的状态确定方法,为了便于理解本申请所示的HARQ进程的状态确定方法,首先,结合图2A-图2B,对本申请中的通信系统的架构进行说明。In order to solve the above technical problems, an embodiment of the present application proposes a method for determining the state of the HARQ process. In order to facilitate the understanding of the method for determining the state of the HARQ process shown in this application, first, in conjunction with FIG. 2A-2B, the communication system in this application is The architecture is explained.
图2A为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的架构示意图。请参见图2A,包括终端设备201和卫星202,终端设备201和卫星202之间可以进行无线通信。终端设备201和卫星202之间所形成的网络还可以称为NTN。在图1所示的通信系统的架构中,卫星202具有基站的功能,终端设备201和卫星202之间可以直接通信。在系统架构下,可以将卫星202称为网络设备。FIG. 2A is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a communication system provided by an embodiment of this application. Please refer to FIG. 2A, which includes a terminal device 201 and a satellite 202, and wireless communication can be performed between the terminal device 201 and the satellite 202. The network formed between the terminal device 201 and the satellite 202 may also be referred to as NTN. In the architecture of the communication system shown in FIG. 1, the satellite 202 has the function of a base station, and the terminal device 201 and the satellite 202 can directly communicate with each other. Under the system architecture, the satellite 202 can be referred to as a network device.
图2B为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信系统的架构示意图。请参见图2B,包括终端设备301、卫星302和基站303,终端设备301和卫星302之间可以进行无线通信,卫星302与基站303之间可以通信。终端设备301、卫星302和基站303之间所形成的网络还可以称为NTN。在图2所示的通信系统的架构中,卫星302不具有基站的功能,终端设备101和基站303之间的通信需要通过卫星302的中转。在该种系统架构下,可以将基站103称为网络设备。FIG. 2B is a schematic diagram of the architecture of another communication system provided by an embodiment of this application. Refer to FIG. 2B, which includes a terminal device 301, a satellite 302, and a base station 303. The terminal device 301 and the satellite 302 can communicate wirelessly, and the satellite 302 and the base station 303 can communicate. The network formed between the terminal device 301, the satellite 302, and the base station 303 may also be referred to as NTN. In the architecture of the communication system shown in FIG. 2, the satellite 302 does not have the function of a base station, and the communication between the terminal device 101 and the base station 303 needs to be relayed by the satellite 302. Under this type of system architecture, the base station 103 can be referred to as a network device.
需要说明的是,图2A-图2B只是以示例的形式示意本申请所适用的系统,当然,本申请实施例所示的方法还可以适用于其它系统,例如,5G通信系统、LTE通信系统等,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。本申请实施例可以包括下述内容中的至少部分内容。It should be noted that FIGS. 2A-2B are only examples of the systems applicable to this application. Of course, the methods shown in the embodiments of this application can also be applied to other systems, such as 5G communication systems, LTE communication systems, etc. The embodiments of this application do not specifically limit this. The embodiments of the present application may include at least part of the following content.
在本申请中,在RTT较大的场景(例如NTN)下,为了提高终端设备和网络设备之间的数据传输效率,针对终端设备的下行HARQ进程,网络设备可以向终端设备配置或指示该下行HARQ进程对应的HARQ反馈功能状态。例如,将下行HARQ进程对应的HARQ反馈功能状态配置为非使能态。相应的,若终端设备确定该下行HARQ进程对应的HARQ反馈功能状态为非使能态,则终端设备被下行授权调度在该下行HARQ进程上接收到数据后,不根据该下行授权对该HARQ进程进行HARQ-ACK信息反馈。网络设备也无须等待该HARQ进程对应的HARQ-ACK信息反馈,即可通过该HARQ进程继续向终端设备调度其他数据,使得网络设备无需等待,提高了终端设备和网络设备之间的数据传输效率。In this application, in a scenario with a large RTT (such as NTN), in order to improve the data transmission efficiency between the terminal device and the network device, for the downlink HARQ process of the terminal device, the network device can configure or instruct the downlink to the terminal device The HARQ feedback function status corresponding to the HARQ process. For example, the HARQ feedback function state corresponding to the downlink HARQ process is configured as the disabled state. Correspondingly, if the terminal device determines that the HARQ feedback function status corresponding to the downlink HARQ process is in the disabled state, the terminal device is scheduled by the downlink authorization to receive data on the downlink HARQ process, and does not perform the HARQ process according to the downlink authorization. Perform HARQ-ACK information feedback. The network device does not need to wait for the HARQ-ACK information feedback corresponding to the HARQ process, and can continue to schedule other data to the terminal device through the HARQ process, so that the network device does not need to wait, and the data transmission efficiency between the terminal device and the network device is improved.
或者,针对终端设备的上行HARQ进程,网络设备可以向终端设备配置或指示该上行HARQ进程对应的HARQ反馈功能状态。例如,将上行HARQ进程对应的HARQ反馈功能状态配置为非使能态。相应的,若终端设备确定该上行HARQ进程对应的HARQ反馈功能状态为非使能态,则终端设备被上 行授权调度在该上行HARQ进程上发送TB后,无需等待网络设备的反馈针对该TB的反馈,即可根据网络设备的指示再次使用该上行HARQ进程传输另一TB,提高了终端设备和网络设备之间的数据传输效率。Or, for the uplink HARQ process of the terminal device, the network device may configure or indicate the HARQ feedback function status corresponding to the uplink HARQ process to the terminal device. For example, the HARQ feedback function state corresponding to the uplink HARQ process is configured as the disabled state. Correspondingly, if the terminal device determines that the HARQ feedback function status corresponding to the uplink HARQ process is in the disabled state, the terminal device is scheduled to be uplink authorized to send the TB on the uplink HARQ process without waiting for the network device’s feedback for the TB. With feedback, the uplink HARQ process can be used to transmit another TB again according to the instructions of the network device, which improves the efficiency of data transmission between the terminal device and the network device.
在本申请中,终端设备的下行HARQ进程或上行HARQ进程对应的HARQ反馈功能状态可以为非使能态。例如,网络设备可以将终端设备的部分或全部HARQ进程对应的HARQ反馈功能状态配置为使能态或者非使能态。其中,非使能态也称为去使能态(disabled)。In this application, the state of the HARQ feedback function corresponding to the downlink HARQ process or the uplink HARQ process of the terminal device may be in the disabled state. For example, the network device may configure the HARQ feedback function state corresponding to part or all of the HARQ process of the terminal device to an enabled state or a non-enabled state. Among them, the non-enable state is also called the disabled state.
可选地,对于下行HARQ进程,若一个HARQ进程对应的HARQ反馈功能状态为使能态,那么终端设备通过该HARQ进程接收到传输块TB后,需要向网络设备发送该TB对应的HARQ-ACK信息;或,终端设备需要收到网络设备对该TB的反馈才能再次使用该HARQ进程;或,终端设备需要根据调度该TB的DCI进行对应的HARQ-ACK信息反馈;或,终端设备根据调度通过该HARQ进程传输第一物理信道的DCI向网络设备发送该HARQ进程中传输的第一物理信道对应的HARQ-ACK信息。Optionally, for the downlink HARQ process, if the HARQ feedback function status corresponding to a HARQ process is enabled, the terminal device needs to send the HARQ-ACK corresponding to the TB to the network device after receiving the transport block TB through the HARQ process Information; or, the terminal device needs to receive feedback from the network device on the TB before it can use the HARQ process again; or, the terminal device needs to perform corresponding HARQ-ACK information feedback according to the DCI that schedules the TB; or, the terminal device passes the schedule according to the schedule The HARQ process transmits the DCI of the first physical channel to send the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the first physical channel transmitted in the HARQ process to the network device.
可选地,对于下行HARQ进程,若一个HARQ进程对应的HARQ反馈功能状态为非使能态,那么终端设备通过该HARQ进程接收到TB后,不需要向网络设备发送该TB对应的HARQ-ACK信息;或,终端设备不需要收到网络设备对该TB的反馈就可以再次使用该HARQ进程;或,终端设备不需要根据调度该TB的DCI进行对应的HARQ-ACK信息反馈;或,终端设备不根据调度通过该HARQ进程传输第一物理信道的DCI,向网络设备发送该HARQ进程中传输的第一物理信道对应的HARQ-ACK信息。Optionally, for the downlink HARQ process, if the HARQ feedback function status corresponding to a HARQ process is in the disabled state, then the terminal device does not need to send the HARQ-ACK corresponding to the TB to the network device after receiving the TB through the HARQ process Information; or, the terminal device can reuse the HARQ process without receiving feedback from the network device on the TB; or, the terminal device does not need to perform corresponding HARQ-ACK information feedback according to the DCI that schedules the TB; or, the terminal device The DCI of the first physical channel is transmitted through the HARQ process without scheduling, and the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the first physical channel transmitted in the HARQ process is sent to the network device.
可选地,在本申请中,HARQ-ACK信息包括TB的译码结果对应的ACK信息或NACK信息。Optionally, in this application, the HARQ-ACK information includes ACK information or NACK information corresponding to the decoding result of the TB.
可选地,对于上行HARQ进程,若一个HARQ进程对应的HARQ反馈功能状态为使能态,那么终端设备通过该HARQ进程发送传输块TB后,需要收到网络设备对该TB的反馈才能再次使用该HARQ进程(例如使用该HARQ进程发送新的TB或再次发送该TB);或,终端设备等待网络设备对该HARQ进程中传输的第一物理信道的反馈。Optionally, for the uplink HARQ process, if the HARQ feedback function status corresponding to a HARQ process is enabled, then after the terminal device sends the transport block TB through the HARQ process, it needs to receive feedback from the network device on the TB before it can be used again The HARQ process (for example, the HARQ process is used to send a new TB or the TB is sent again); or, the terminal device waits for the network device's feedback of the first physical channel transmitted in the HARQ process.
可选地,对于上行HARQ进程,若一个HARQ进程对应的HARQ反馈功能状态为非使能态,则说明终端设备通过该HARQ进程发送TB后,不需要收到网络设备对该TB的反馈就可以再次使用该HARQ进程(例如使用该HARQ进程发送新的TB或再次发送该TB);或,终端设备不等待网络设备对该HARQ进程中传输的第一物理信道的反馈。Optionally, for the uplink HARQ process, if the HARQ feedback function status corresponding to a HARQ process is in the disabled state, it means that after the terminal device sends the TB through the HARQ process, it does not need to receive feedback from the network device on the TB. Use the HARQ process again (for example, use the HARQ process to send a new TB or send the TB again); or, the terminal device does not wait for the network device's feedback on the first physical channel transmitted in the HARQ process.
可选地,同一个HARQ进程两次被使用之间的时间间隔大于或等于第一时间长度,和/或,同一个HARQ进程两次被使用之间的时间间隔可以小于第二时间长度。其中,第一时间长度是根据接收设备的译码时间确定的,第二时间长度是根据RTT确定的。其中,第一时间长度小于第二时间长度。Optionally, the time interval between two uses of the same HARQ process is greater than or equal to the first time length, and/or the time interval between two uses of the same HARQ process may be less than the second time length. The first time length is determined according to the decoding time of the receiving device, and the second time length is determined according to RTT. Wherein, the first time length is less than the second time length.
可选地,对于下行传输,反馈包括终端设备向网络设备发送HARQ-ACK信息。Optionally, for downlink transmission, the feedback includes the terminal device sending HARQ-ACK information to the network device.
可选地,对于上行传输,反馈包括网络设备向终端设备发送HARQ-ACK信息,或网络设备向终端设备发送上行授权DCI。Optionally, for uplink transmission, the feedback includes the network device sending HARQ-ACK information to the terminal device, or the network device sending the uplink authorized DCI to the terminal device.
可选地,针对下行过程:Optionally, for the downlink process:
当HARQ进程的HARQ进程反馈功能状态为非使能态(disable)时,终端设备不对该HARQ进程进行反馈(还可以理解为终端设备不响应该HARQ进程)。即,网络设备通过HARQ进程向终端设备发送TB之后,终端设备无需向网络设备发送该HARQ进程对应的反馈消息(ACK、NACK或CSI),网络设备也无需等待终端设备的反馈消息即可通过该HARQ进程再次发送TB,例如通过该HARQ进程传输新的TB。需要说明的是,上述非使能态还可以称为去使能态。When the HARQ process feedback function status of the HARQ process is disabled, the terminal device does not feedback the HARQ process (it can also be understood that the terminal device does not respond to the HARQ process). That is, after the network device sends the TB to the terminal device through the HARQ process, the terminal device does not need to send the feedback message (ACK, NACK or CSI) corresponding to the HARQ process to the network device, and the network device does not need to wait for the feedback message of the terminal device to pass the The HARQ process sends the TB again, for example, a new TB is transmitted through the HARQ process. It should be noted that the aforementioned non-enabled state may also be referred to as a disabled state.
下面,结合图3,对非使能态的HARQ进程进行说明。Below, in conjunction with FIG. 3, the HARQ process in the non-enabled state will be described.
图3为本申请实施例提供的对非使能态的HARQ进程进行处理的示意图。请参见图3,假设终端设备中包括多个HARQ进程,该多个HARQ进程中的HARQ进程7为非使能态的HARQ进程。网络设备通过HARQ进程7向终端设备发送PDSCH 0对应的下行数据,且NDI为0。由于HARQ进程7为非使能态的HARQ进程,因此,终端设备接收到HARQ进程7对应的下行数据之后,终端设备无需向网络设备发送HARQ进程7的反馈消息,网络设备也无需等待终端设备发送的HARQ进程7的反馈消息,即可通过HARQ进程7向终端设备发送其它数据。例如,网络设备可以通过HARQ进程7向终端设备发送PSDCH 1对应的下行数据,且将NDI翻转为1,其中,对NDI进行翻转说明通过该HARQ进程7传输的下行数据为新的下行数据包。在网络设备向终端设备发送PDSCH 1对应的下行数据之后,网络设备可以继续向终端设备发送PDSCH 2对应的新的下行数据包,且将NDI翻转为0。FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of processing a HARQ process in a non-enabled state according to an embodiment of the application. Referring to FIG. 3, it is assumed that the terminal device includes multiple HARQ processes, and HARQ process 7 of the multiple HARQ processes is a non-enabled HARQ process. The network device sends the downlink data corresponding to the PDSCH 0 to the terminal device through the HARQ process 7, and the NDI is 0. Since the HARQ process 7 is a non-enabled HARQ process, after the terminal device receives the downlink data corresponding to the HARQ process 7, the terminal device does not need to send the feedback message of the HARQ process 7 to the network device, and the network device does not need to wait for the terminal device to send The HARQ process 7 can send other data to the terminal device through the HARQ process 7. For example, the network device may send downlink data corresponding to PSDCH 1 to the terminal device through the HARQ process 7 and reverse the NDI to 1, where the reversal of the NDI indicates that the downlink data transmitted through the HARQ process 7 is a new downlink data packet. After the network device sends the downlink data corresponding to the PDSCH 1 to the terminal device, the network device can continue to send the new downlink data packet corresponding to the PDSCH 2 to the terminal device, and reverse the NDI to 0.
当HARQ进程的HARQ进程反馈功能状态为使能态(enable)时,终端设备对该HARQ进程进行反馈(还可以理解为终端设备响应该HARQ进程)。即,网络设备通过HARQ进程向终端设备发送TB之后,终端设备需要向网络设备发送HARQ反馈消息(ACK、NACK或CSI),网络设备接收到反馈消息之后,网络设备才可以通过该HARQ进程发送TB,若是通过该HARQ进程进行重传,则该TB为重传的TB,若是通过该HARQ进程传输新的数据,则该TB为新的TB。When the HARQ process feedback function status of the HARQ process is enabled, the terminal device feeds back the HARQ process (it can also be understood that the terminal device responds to the HARQ process). That is, after the network device sends the TB to the terminal device through the HARQ process, the terminal device needs to send a HARQ feedback message (ACK, NACK, or CSI) to the network device. After the network device receives the feedback message, the network device can send the TB through the HARQ process. If the retransmission is performed through the HARQ process, the TB is the retransmitted TB, and if the new data is transmitted through the HARQ process, the TB is the new TB.
可选地,针对上行过程:Optionally, for the uplink process:
当HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态为非使能态时,终端设备不等待网络设备对该HARQ进程中传输的第一物理信道的反馈。网络设备对第一HARQ进程中的第一物理信道的反馈包括以下至少一种:网络设备发送第一物理信道对应的HARQ-ACK信息;网络设备发送调度第一HARQ进程进行传输的上行授权。在该种情况下,在终端设备通过该HARQ进程向网络设备发送上行数据之后的预设时长之内,若网络设备调度终端设备通过该HARQ进程再次进行上行数据传输时,则终端设备即可通过该HARQ进程进行上行数据传输。When the HARQ feedback function state of the HARQ process is in the disabled state, the terminal device does not wait for the network device to feedback the first physical channel transmitted in the HARQ process. The network device's feedback on the first physical channel in the first HARQ process includes at least one of the following: the network device sends HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the first physical channel; and the network device sends an uplink grant for scheduling the first HARQ process for transmission. In this case, within the preset time period after the terminal device sends uplink data to the network device through the HARQ process, if the network device schedules the terminal device to perform uplink data transmission again through the HARQ process, the terminal device can pass The HARQ process performs uplink data transmission.
当HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态为使能态时,终端设备等待网络设备对该HARQ进程中传输的第一物理信道的反馈。在该种情况下,在终端设备通过该HARQ进程向网络设备发送上行数据之后的预设时长之内,若网络设备调度终端设备再次通过该HARQ进程进行上行数据传输时,则终端设备忽略对该HARQ进程的调度。或者说,终端设备在该预设时长内不期待网络设备对该HARQ进程进 行再次调度。When the HARQ feedback function state of the HARQ process is in the enabled state, the terminal device waits for the feedback of the first physical channel transmitted in the HARQ process by the network device. In this case, within the preset time period after the terminal device sends uplink data to the network device through the HARQ process, if the network device schedules the terminal device to perform uplink data transmission again through the HARQ process, the terminal device ignores the Scheduling of HARQ process. In other words, the terminal device does not expect the network device to schedule the HARQ process again within the preset time period.
在本申请中,网络设备可以将终端设备中的部分或全部HARQ进程配置为非使能态,或网络设备还可以通过DCI指示终端设备中HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态。相应的,终端设备可以根据网络设备发送的指示信息,确定HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态。在下行过程中,在HARQ进程为非使能态时,终端设备无需向网络设备对该HARQ进程进行反馈,网络设备即可通过该HARQ进程继续向终端设备传输其他数据,使得网络设备无需等待,提高了终端设备和网络设备之间的数据传输效率。在上行过程中,在HARQ进程为非使能态时,在终端设备通过该HARQ进程传输上行数据之后,终端设备无需等待预设时长,终端设备即可通过该HARQ进程再进行上行数据传输,提高了终端设备和网络设备之间的数据传输效率。In this application, the network device may configure part or all of the HARQ processes in the terminal device to be in a disabled state, or the network device may also indicate the HARQ feedback function status of the HARQ process in the terminal device through DCI. Correspondingly, the terminal device can determine the HARQ feedback function status of the HARQ process according to the instruction information sent by the network device. In the downlink process, when the HARQ process is in the disabled state, the terminal device does not need to feedback the HARQ process to the network device, and the network device can continue to transmit other data to the terminal device through the HARQ process, so that the network device does not need to wait. Improve the efficiency of data transmission between terminal equipment and network equipment. In the uplink process, when the HARQ process is in the disabled state, after the terminal device transmits uplink data through the HARQ process, the terminal device does not need to wait for the preset time, and the terminal device can perform the uplink data transmission through the HARQ process again, which improves Improve the efficiency of data transmission between terminal equipment and network equipment.
下面,通过具体实施例对本申请所示的技术方案进行详细说明。需要说明的是,下面几个实施例可以独立存在,也可以相互结合,对于相同或相似的内容,在不同的实施例中不再重复说明。Hereinafter, the technical solution shown in the present application will be described in detail through specific embodiments. It should be noted that the following embodiments can exist independently or can be combined with each other, and the same or similar content will not be repeated in different embodiments.
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种HARQ进程的状态确定方法的流程示意图。请参见图4,该方法可以包括:FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a method for determining the status of a HARQ process provided by an embodiment of the application. Referring to Figure 4, the method may include:
S401、网络设备生成指示信息。S401: The network device generates instruction information.
可选地,网络设备通过第一HARQ进程调度终端设备接收下行物理信道或发送上行物理信道前,网络设备可以先生成第一HARQ进程对应的指示信息,该指示信息用于确定第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态,HARQ反馈功能状态包括非使能态或使能态。Optionally, before the network device schedules the terminal device to receive the downlink physical channel or send the uplink physical channel through the first HARQ process, the network device may first generate indication information corresponding to the first HARQ process, and the indication information is used to determine the first HARQ process The HARQ feedback function state, the HARQ feedback function state includes a non-enabled state or an enabled state.
指示信息可以包括如下信息中的至少一种:第一指示信息、第二指示信息和第三指示信息。The indication information may include at least one of the following information: first indication information, second indication information, and third indication information.
可选地,第一指示信息用于配置第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态。例如第一指示信息可以用于将第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态配置为使能态或者非使能态。Optionally, the first indication information is used to configure the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process. For example, the first indication information may be used to configure the HARQ feedback function state of the first HARQ process to an enabled state or a non-enabled state.
可选地,第二指示信息用于激活或去激活第一HARQ进程的非使能态。例如可以通过第一指示信息将第一HARQ进程配置为非使能态,或者,也可以是终端设备预定义第一HARQ进程为非使能态,或者,第二指示信息指示第一HARQ进程为非使能态。可选地,针对下行,在第一HARQ进程的非使能态被激活之后,终端设备不对该第一HARQ进程进行反馈;在第一HARQ进程的非使能态未被激活时,终端设备对该第一HARQ进程进行反馈。可选地,针对上行,在第一HARQ进程的非使能态被激活之后,终端设备不等待网络设备对第一HARQ进程中传输的第一物理信道的反馈;在第一HARQ进程的使能态被激活之后,终端设备等待网络设备对第一HARQ进程中传输的第一物理信道的反馈。可选的,第二指示信息可以为DCI或者媒介接入控制(medium access control,MAC)控制单元(control element,CE)或者RRC信令。Optionally, the second indication information is used to activate or deactivate the disabled state of the first HARQ process. For example, the first HARQ process may be configured to be in the disabled state through the first indication information, or the terminal device may predefine the first HARQ process to be in the disabled state, or the second indication information may indicate that the first HARQ process is in the disabled state. Disabled state. Optionally, for downlink, after the inactive state of the first HARQ process is activated, the terminal device does not feed back to the first HARQ process; when the inactive state of the first HARQ process is not activated, the terminal device responds to The first HARQ process performs feedback. Optionally, for uplink, after the non-enabled state of the first HARQ process is activated, the terminal device does not wait for the network device's feedback on the first physical channel transmitted in the first HARQ process; when the first HARQ process is enabled After the state is activated, the terminal device waits for the network device's feedback on the first physical channel transmitted in the first HARQ process. Optionally, the second indication information may be DCI or medium access control (medium access control, MAC) control element (CE) or RRC signaling.
可选地,第三指示信息用于动态指示终端设备的第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态。例如,假设第一HARQ进程为下行进程,若终端设备接收到的调度第一HARQ进程传输第一物理信道的下行授权DCI中包括第三指示信息,且第三指示信息用于指示第一HARQ进程为非使能态,则终端设备确定不根据该下行授权DCI对第一HARQ进程中传输的第一物理信道进行HARQ-ACK反馈;或,若终端设备接收到的调度第一HARQ进程传输第一物理信道的下行授权DCI中包括第三指示信息,且第三指示信息用于指示第一HARQ进程为使能态,则终端设备确定根据该下行授权DCI对第一HARQ进程中传输的第一物理信道进行HARQ-ACK反馈。可选的,第三指示信息可以为DCI或DCI中包括的信息。Optionally, the third indication information is used to dynamically indicate the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process of the terminal device. For example, assuming that the first HARQ process is a downlink process, if the downlink grant DCI that schedules the first HARQ process to transmit the first physical channel received by the terminal device includes third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate the first HARQ process In the disabled state, the terminal device determines not to perform HARQ-ACK feedback on the first physical channel transmitted in the first HARQ process according to the downlink authorized DCI; or, if the terminal device receives the scheduled first HARQ process to transmit the first HARQ process The downlink authorized DCI of the physical channel includes third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate that the first HARQ process is in the enabled state, and the terminal device determines that the first physical channel transmitted in the first HARQ process is transmitted according to the downlink authorized DCI. The channel performs HARQ-ACK feedback. Optionally, the third indication information may be DCI or information included in DCI.
S402、网络设备向终端设备发送指示信息。S402: The network device sends instruction information to the terminal device.
可选的,若指示信息包括第一指示信息、第二指示信息、第三指示信息中的两种或三种时,则网络设备向终端设备发送指示信息的顺序依次为:第一指示信息、第二指示信息、第三指示信息。Optionally, if the instruction information includes two or three of the first instruction information, the second instruction information, and the third instruction information, the order in which the network device sends the instruction information to the terminal device is: first instruction information, The second instruction information, the third instruction information.
例如,假设指示信息中包括第一指示信息和第二指示信息,则网络设备先向终端设备发送第一指示信息,再向终端设备发送第二指示信息。For example, assuming that the instruction information includes the first instruction information and the second instruction information, the network device first sends the first instruction information to the terminal device, and then sends the second instruction information to the terminal device.
当然,本申请对此并不限定。例如,网络设备也可以通过相同的时间单元向终端设备发送该第一指示信息、第二指示信息、第三指示信息中的至少两种。或者,网络设备也可以同时向终端设备发送第一指示信息、第二指示信息和第三指示信息中的至少两种。Of course, this application is not limited to this. For example, the network device may also send at least two of the first instruction information, the second instruction information, and the third instruction information to the terminal device through the same time unit. Alternatively, the network device may also send at least two of the first instruction information, the second instruction information, and the third instruction information to the terminal device at the same time.
S403、终端设备根据指示信息,确定第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态。S403: The terminal device determines the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process according to the indication information.
在第一HARQ进程为下行HARQ进程时:When the first HARQ process is a downlink HARQ process:
可选地,若第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态为非使能态,终端设备不向网络设备发送第一HARQ进程中传输的第一物理信道对应的HARQ-ACK信息,相应的,网络设备也不接收第一HARQ进程中传输的第一物理信道对应的HARQ-ACK信息。Optionally, if the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process is in the disabled state, the terminal device does not send the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the first physical channel transmitted in the first HARQ process to the network device. Accordingly, the network device Nor does it receive the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the first physical channel transmitted in the first HARQ process.
可选地,若第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态为使能态,终端设备向网络设备发送第一HARQ进程中传输的第一物理信道对应的HARQ-ACK信息,相应的,网络设备接收第一HARQ进程中传输的第一物理信道对应的HARQ-ACK信息。Optionally, if the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process is enabled, the terminal device sends the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the first physical channel transmitted in the first HARQ process to the network device, and correspondingly, the network device receives the first HARQ process. HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the first physical channel transmitted in a HARQ process.
可选地,在第一HARQ进程为下行HARQ进程时,确定第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态为非使能态是,终端设备不向网络设备发送第一物理信道的HARQ-ACK信息,第一物理信道包括以下情况中的至少一种:Optionally, when the first HARQ process is a downlink HARQ process, it is determined that the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process is in the disabled state. The terminal device does not send the HARQ-ACK information of the first physical channel to the network device. A physical channel includes at least one of the following situations:
第一物理信道是第一DCI调度的物理下行共享信道PDSCH,第一DCI是下行授权,第一物理信道通过第一HARQ进程传输。The first physical channel is a physical downlink shared channel PDSCH scheduled by the first DCI, the first DCI is a downlink grant, and the first physical channel is transmitted through the first HARQ process.
第一物理信道是第二DCI调度的半持续调度半持续调度(semi-persistent scheduling,SPS)PDSCH,第二DCI是SPS配置激活信令,第一物理信道通过第一HARQ进程传输。The first physical channel is semi-persistent scheduling (semi-persistent scheduling, SPS) PDSCH scheduled by the second DCI, the second DCI is SPS configuration activation signaling, and the first physical channel is transmitted through the first HARQ process.
第一物理信道是无DCI调度的SPS PDSCH,第一物理信道通过第一HARQ进程传输。The first physical channel is SPS PDSCH without DCI scheduling, and the first physical channel is transmitted through the first HARQ process.
第一物理信道是用于指示SPS PDSCH释放的PDCCH,第一物理信道对应第一HARQ进程。The first physical channel is a PDCCH used to instruct the release of the SPS PDSCH, and the first physical channel corresponds to the first HARQ process.
在第一HARQ进程为上行HARQ进程时:When the first HARQ process is an uplink HARQ process:
可选地,若第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态为非使能态,终端设备不等待网络设备对第一 HARQ进程中传输的第一物理信道的反馈,相应的,网络设备在第一时域资源使用第一HARQ进程传输第一物理信道后,还可以在第二时域资源使用第一HARQ进程传输第二物理信道。其中,第一时域资源和第二时域资源之间的间隔小于第一时间长度。第一时间长度可以为根据RTT确定的,或第一时间长度是RTT长度,或第一时间长度是预设值。Optionally, if the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process is in the disabled state, the terminal device does not wait for the network device to feedback on the first physical channel transmitted in the first HARQ process. Accordingly, the network device is in the first time After the domain resources use the first HARQ process to transmit the first physical channel, the first HARQ process may also be used to transmit the second physical channel in the second time domain resource. Wherein, the interval between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource is less than the first time length. The first time length may be determined according to RTT, or the first time length is the RTT length, or the first time length is a preset value.
可选地,若第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态为使能态,终端设备等待网络设备对第一HARQ进程中传输的第一物理信道的反馈。相应的,网络设备在第一时域资源使用第一HARQ进程传输第一物理信道后,不能在第二时域资源使用第一HARQ进程传输第二物理信道。其中,第一时域资源和第二时域资源之间的间隔小于第一时间长度。第一时间长度可以为根据RTT确定的,或第一时间长度是RTT长度,或第一时间长度是预设值。Optionally, if the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process is in the enabled state, the terminal device waits for the network device's feedback on the first physical channel transmitted in the first HARQ process. Correspondingly, after the first time domain resource uses the first HARQ process to transmit the first physical channel, the network device cannot use the first HARQ process to transmit the second physical channel in the second time domain resource. Wherein, the interval between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource is less than the first time length. The first time length may be determined according to RTT, or the first time length is the RTT length, or the first time length is a preset value.
本申请实施例提供的确定HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态方法,网络设备可以通过指示信息指示第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态。终端设备可以根据指示信息,确定第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态。在下行过程中,在第一HARQ进程为非使能态时,终端设备无需向网络设备对该第一HARQ进程进行反馈,网络设备即可通过第一HARQ进程继续向终端设备传输其他数据,使得网络设备无需等待,提高了终端设备和网络设备之间的数据传输效率。在上行过程中,在第一HARQ进程为非使能态时,在终端设备通过第一HARQ进程传输上行数据之后,终端设备无需等待预设时长,终端设备即可通过第一HARQ进程再进行上行数据传输,提高了终端设备和网络设备之间的数据传输效率。In the method for determining the HARQ feedback function status of the HARQ process provided by the embodiment of the present application, the network device may indicate the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process through the indication information. The terminal device may determine the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process according to the indication information. In the downlink process, when the first HARQ process is in the disabled state, the terminal device does not need to feed back the first HARQ process to the network device, and the network device can continue to transmit other data to the terminal device through the first HARQ process, so that The network device does not need to wait, and the data transmission efficiency between the terminal device and the network device is improved. In the uplink process, when the first HARQ process is in the disabled state, after the terminal device transmits uplink data through the first HARQ process, the terminal device does not need to wait for the preset time, and the terminal device can perform the uplink again through the first HARQ process Data transmission improves the efficiency of data transmission between terminal equipment and network equipment.
在上述任意一个实施例的基础上,指示信息包括第一指示信息、第二指示信息、第三指示信息中的一种或多种。当指示信息不同时,终端设备确定HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态的方法也不同。下面,对指示信息不同时HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态的确定方法进行说明。On the basis of any of the foregoing embodiments, the indication information includes one or more of the first indication information, the second indication information, and the third indication information. When the indication information is different, the method for the terminal device to determine the HARQ feedback function status of the HARQ process is also different. In the following, the method for determining the HARQ feedback function state of the HARQ process when the indication information is different will be described.
图5为本申请实施例提供的另一种HARQ进程的状态确定方法的流程示意图。在图5所示的实施例中,指示信息包括第一指示信息。请参见图5,该方法可以包括:FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of another method for determining the status of a HARQ process provided by an embodiment of the application. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 5, the indication information includes first indication information. Referring to Figure 5, the method may include:
S501、网络设备生成第一指示信息。S501: The network device generates first indication information.
第一指示信息用于配置终端设备不进行反馈的HARQ进程和/或进行反馈的HARQ进程。或,第一指示信息用于配置终端设备的HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态。The first indication information is used to configure the HARQ process for which the terminal device does not perform feedback and/or the HARQ process for which feedback is performed. Or, the first indication information is used to configure the HARQ feedback function status of the HARQ process of the terminal device.
可选的,第一指示信息为RRC信令。Optionally, the first indication information is RRC signaling.
可选的,第一指示信息包括如下信息中的至少一种:Optionally, the first indication information includes at least one of the following information:
信息1、第一配置信息,第一配置信息用于配置终端设备中的HARQ进程集合。 Information 1. First configuration information. The first configuration information is used to configure the HARQ process set in the terminal device.
信息2、第二配置信息,第二配置信息用于配置终端设备的HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态。 Information 2. The second configuration information, the second configuration information is used to configure the HARQ feedback function status of the HARQ process of the terminal device.
信息3、第三配置信息,第三配置信息用于配置终端设备的HARQ进程集合的HARQ反馈功能状态。 Information 3, third configuration information, the third configuration information is used to configure the HARQ feedback function status of the HARQ process set of the terminal device.
信息4、第一HARQ进程的标识。 Information 4. The identification of the first HARQ process.
信息5、第一HARQ进程所在的HARQ进程集合的标识。 Information 5. The identification of the HARQ process set where the first HARQ process is located.
信息6、第一参数信息,第一参数信息用于指示至少一个HARQ进程的反馈功能状态,至少一个HARQ进程包括第一HARQ进程。 Information 6. First parameter information, where the first parameter information is used to indicate the feedback function status of at least one HARQ process, and the at least one HARQ process includes the first HARQ process.
信息7、第一时间信息,第一时间信息用于指示至少一个HARQ进程的配置生效时间,至少一个HARQ进程包括第一HARQ进程。 Information 7. First time information, where the first time information is used to indicate the configuration effective time of at least one HARQ process, and the at least one HARQ process includes the first HARQ process.
针对第一指示信息中的信息1,第一配置信息可以将终端设备中的HARQ进程配置为一个或多个HARQ进程集合。For information 1 in the first indication information, the first configuration information may configure the HARQ process in the terminal device as one or more HARQ process sets.
可选的,第一配置信息中可以包括如下信息中的一种或多种:HARQ进程集合的数量、HARQ进程集合中包括的HARQ进程的标识、HARQ进程集合中包括的HARQ进程的数量。Optionally, the first configuration information may include one or more of the following information: the number of HARQ process sets, the identification of HARQ processes included in the HARQ process set, and the number of HARQ processes included in the HARQ process set.
例如,假设终端设备中包括16个HARQ进程,第一配置信息中包括的HARQ进程集合的数量为2,HARQ进程集合1中包括8个HARQ进程,HARQ进程集合中包括8个HARQ进程。根据第一配置信息配置得到的两个HARQ进程集合可以为:HARQ进程集合1中包括HARQ进程1-HARQ进程8,HARQ进程集合2中包括HARQ进程9-HARQ进程16。For example, assuming that the terminal device includes 16 HARQ processes, the number of HARQ process sets included in the first configuration information is 2, the HARQ process set 1 includes 8 HARQ processes, and the HARQ process set includes 8 HARQ processes. The two HARQ process sets configured according to the first configuration information may be: HARQ process set 1 includes HARQ process 1-HARQ process 8, and HARQ process set 2 includes HARQ process 9-HARQ process 16.
例如,假设终端设备中包括16个HARQ进程,第一配置信息中包括的HARQ进程集合的数量为2,HARQ进程集合1中包括HARQ进程1-HARQ进程5。根据第一配置信息配置得到的两个HARQ进程集合可以为:HARQ进程集合1中包括HARQ进程1-HARQ进程5,HARQ进程集合2中包括HARQ进程6-HARQ进程16。For example, assuming that the terminal device includes 16 HARQ processes, the number of HARQ process sets included in the first configuration information is two, and HARQ process set 1 includes HARQ process 1-HARQ process 5. The two HARQ process sets configured according to the first configuration information may be: HARQ process set 1 includes HARQ process 1-HARQ process 5, and HARQ process set 2 includes HARQ process 6-HARQ process 16.
针对第一指示信息中的信息2,第二配置信息可以用于对非使能态的HARQ进程进行配置,和/或第二配置信息可以用于对使能态的HARQ进程进行配置。For information 2 in the first indication information, the second configuration information may be used to configure the HARQ process in the non-enabled state, and/or the second configuration information may be used to configure the HARQ process in the enabled state.
可选的,若第二配置信息用于对非使能态的HARQ进程进行配置,则第二配置信息中可以包括非使能态的HARQ进程的标识。相应的,终端设备中除非使能态的HARQ进程之外的HARQ进程均为使能态的HARQ进程。Optionally, if the second configuration information is used to configure the HARQ process in the non-enabled state, the second configuration information may include the identifier of the HARQ process in the non-enabled state. Correspondingly, the HARQ processes except for the HARQ processes in the enabled state in the terminal device are all the HARQ processes in the enabled state.
例如,假设终端设备中包括16个HARQ进程,第二配置信息用于对非使能态的HARQ进程进行配置,且第二配置信息中包括HARQ进程1-HARQ进程5的标识,则终端设备中的HARQ进程1-HARQ进程5为非使能态的HARQ进程,终端设备中的HARQ进程6-HARQ进程16为非使能态的HARQ进程。For example, assuming that the terminal device includes 16 HARQ processes, the second configuration information is used to configure the HARQ process in the non-enabled state, and the second configuration information includes the identification of HARQ process 1-HARQ process 5, then the terminal device The HARQ process 1-HARQ process 5 is a non-enabled HARQ process, and the HARQ process 6-HARQ process 16 in the terminal device is a non-enabled HARQ process.
可选的,若第二配置信息用于对使能态的HARQ进程进行配置,则第二配置信息中可以包括使能态的HARQ进程的标识。相应的,终端设备中除使能态的HARQ进程之外的HARQ进程均为非使能态的HARQ进程。Optionally, if the second configuration information is used to configure the HARQ process in the enabled state, the second configuration information may include the identifier of the HARQ process in the enabled state. Correspondingly, all the HARQ processes in the terminal equipment except the HARQ process in the enabled state are the HARQ processes in the non-enabled state.
例如,假设终端设备中包括16个HARQ进程,第二配置信息用于对使能态的HARQ进程进行配置,且第二配置信息中包括HARQ进程1-HARQ进程8的标识,则终端设备中的HARQ进程1-HARQ进程8为使能态的HARQ进程,终端设备中的HARQ进程9-HARQ进程16为非使能态的HARQ进程。For example, assuming that the terminal device includes 16 HARQ processes, the second configuration information is used to configure the HARQ process in the enabled state, and the second configuration information includes the identification of HARQ process 1-HARQ process 8, then the The HARQ process 1-HARQ process 8 is the HARQ process in the enabled state, and the HARQ process 9-HARQ process 16 in the terminal device is the HARQ process in the non-enabled state.
可选的,若第二配置信息用于对非使能态的HARQ进程进行配置、以及对使能态的HARQ进程进 行配置,则第二配置信息中可以包括非使能态的HARQ进程的标识、以及使能态的HARQ进程的标识。Optionally, if the second configuration information is used to configure the HARQ process in the non-enabled state and configure the HARQ process in the enabled state, the second configuration information may include the identification of the HARQ process in the non-enabled state , And the identification of the HARQ process in the enabled state.
例如,假设终端设备中包括16个HARQ进程,第二配置信息用于对非使能态的HARQ进程进行配置、以及对使能态的HARQ进程进行配置,第二配置信息可以指示终端设备中的HARQ进程1-HARQ进程8为非使能态的HARQ进程,终端设备中的HARQ进程9-HARQ进程16为使能态的HARQ进程。For example, assuming that the terminal device includes 16 HARQ processes, the second configuration information is used to configure the HARQ process in the non-enabled state and configure the HARQ process in the enabled state, and the second configuration information may indicate the The HARQ process 1-HARQ process 8 is the HARQ process in the non-enabled state, and the HARQ process 9-HARQ process 16 in the terminal device is the HARQ process in the enabled state.
可选地,若第一指示信息中包括信息2,则终端设备可以根据信息2确定第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态,在该种情况下,第一指示信息中可以不包括信息4、信息5或者信息7。Optionally, if the first indication information includes information 2, the terminal device may determine the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process according to the information 2. In this case, the first indication information may not include information 4, information 5 or message 7.
例如,第二配置信息可以如表4所示:For example, the second configuration information may be as shown in Table 4:
表4Table 4
Figure PCTCN2020077285-appb-000006
Figure PCTCN2020077285-appb-000006
请参见表4,假设终端设备中包括8个HARQ进程,该8个HARQ进程的进程号依次为0至7,根据表4所示的第二配置信息可知,非使能态的HARQ进程包括:HARQ进程0、HARQ进程1、HARQ进程4和HARQ进程5。使能态的HARQ进程包括:HARQ进程2、HARQ进程3、HARQ进程6和HARQ进程7。Refer to Table 4. Assuming that the terminal device includes 8 HARQ processes, the process numbers of the 8 HARQ processes are from 0 to 7. According to the second configuration information shown in Table 4, it can be known that the HARQ processes in the non-enabled state include: HARQ process 0, HARQ process 1, HARQ process 4, and HARQ process 5. The HARQ process in the enabled state includes: HARQ process 2, HARQ process 3, HARQ process 6, and HARQ process 7.
针对第一指示信息中的信息3,第三配置信息可以用于对非使能态的HARQ进程集合进行配置,和/或第二配置信息可以用于对使能态的HARQ进程集合进行配置。For information 3 in the first indication information, the third configuration information may be used to configure the HARQ process set in the non-enabled state, and/or the second configuration information may be used to configure the HARQ process set in the enabled state.
可选地,非使能态的HARQ进程集合中的HARQ进程均为非使能态,使能态的HARQ进程集合中的HARQ进程均为使能态。Optionally, the HARQ processes in the HARQ process set in the non-enabled state are all in the disabled state, and the HARQ processes in the HARQ process set in the enabled state are all in the enabled state.
可选的,若第三配置信息用于对非使能态的HARQ进程集合进行配置,则第三配置信息中可以包括非使能态的HARQ进程集合的标识。相应的,终端设备中除非使能态的HARQ进程集合之外的HARQ进程均为使能态的HARQ进程。Optionally, if the third configuration information is used to configure the HARQ process set in the non-enabled state, the third configuration information may include the identifier of the HARQ process set in the non-enabled state. Correspondingly, all HARQ processes in the terminal device that are not in the set of HARQ processes in the enabled state are all HARQ processes in the enabled state.
例如,假设终端设备中包括两个进程集合,分别记为HARQ进程集合1和HARQ进程集合2,第三配置信息用于对非使能态的HARQ进程集合进行配置,且第三配置信息中包括HARQ进程集合1的标识,则终端设备中的HARQ进程集合1中的HARQ进程为非使能态的HARQ进程,终端设备中的HARQ进程集合2中的HARQ进程为使能态的HARQ进程。For example, suppose that the terminal device includes two process sets, which are respectively recorded as HARQ process set 1 and HARQ process set 2, the third configuration information is used to configure the HARQ process set in the non-enabled state, and the third configuration information includes If the HARQ process set 1 is identified, the HARQ process in the HARQ process set 1 in the terminal device is the HARQ process in the non-enabled state, and the HARQ process in the HARQ process set 2 in the terminal device is the HARQ process in the enabled state.
可选的,若第三配置信息用于对使能态的HARQ进程集合进行配置,则第三配置信息中可以包括使能态的HARQ进程集合的标识。相应的,终端设备中除使能态的HARQ进程集合之外的HARQ进程均为非使能态的HARQ进程。Optionally, if the third configuration information is used to configure the HARQ process set in the enabled state, the third configuration information may include the identifier of the HARQ process set in the enabled state. Correspondingly, all the HARQ processes in the terminal device except the HARQ process set in the enabled state are the HARQ processes in the non-enabled state.
例如,假设终端设备中包括两个进程集合,分别记为HARQ进程集合1和HARQ进程集合2,第三配置信息用于对使能态的HARQ进程集合进行配置,且第三配置信息中包括HARQ进程集合1的标识,则终端设备中的HARQ进程集合1中的HARQ进程为使能态的HARQ进程,终端设备中的HARQ进程集合2中的HARQ进程为非使能态的HARQ进程。For example, suppose that the terminal device includes two process sets, which are respectively recorded as HARQ process set 1 and HARQ process set 2. The third configuration information is used to configure the HARQ process set in the enabled state, and the third configuration information includes HARQ The identification of the process set 1, then the HARQ process in the HARQ process set 1 in the terminal device is the HARQ process in the enabled state, and the HARQ process in the HARQ process set 2 in the terminal device is the HARQ process in the non-enabled state.
可选的,若第三配置信息用于对非使能态的HARQ进程进行配置、以及对使能态的HARQ进程进行配置,则第三配置信息中可以包括非使能态的HARQ进程的标识、以及使能态的HARQ进程的标识。Optionally, if the third configuration information is used to configure the HARQ process in the non-enabled state and configure the HARQ process in the enabled state, the third configuration information may include the identification of the HARQ process in the non-enabled state , And the identification of the HARQ process in the enabled state.
例如,假设终端设备中包括两个进程集合,分别记为HARQ进程集合1和HARQ进程集合2,第二配置信息用于对非使能态的HARQ进程集合进行配置、以及对使能态的HARQ进程集合进行配置,第二配置信息可以指示终端设备中的HARQ进程集合1中的HARQ进程为使能态的HARQ进程,和/或指示终端设备中的HARQ进程集合2中的HARQ进程为非使能态的HARQ进程。For example, suppose that the terminal device includes two process sets, which are respectively recorded as HARQ process set 1 and HARQ process set 2, and the second configuration information is used to configure the HARQ process set in the non-enabled state and the HARQ in the enabled state. The process set is configured, and the second configuration information may indicate that the HARQ process in the HARQ process set 1 in the terminal device is an enabled HARQ process, and/or indicate that the HARQ process in the HARQ process set 2 in the terminal device is a non-enabled HARQ process HARQ process of energy state.
可选地,若第一指示信息中包括信息3,则终端设备可以根据信息3确定第一HARQ的HARQ反馈功能状态,在该种情况下,第一指示信息中可以不包括信息4、信息5或者信息7。Optionally, if the first indication information includes information 3, the terminal device may determine the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ according to the information 3. In this case, the first indication information may not include information 4 and information 5. Or message 7.
例如,第三配置信息可以如表5所示:For example, the third configuration information may be as shown in Table 5:
表5table 5
Figure PCTCN2020077285-appb-000007
Figure PCTCN2020077285-appb-000007
请参见表5,终端设备中包括两个HARQ进程集合,分别为HARQ进程集合1和HARQ进程集合2,HARQ进程集合1中包括HARQ进程0至HARQ进程3,HARQ进程集合2中包括HARQ进程4至HARQ进程7。根据表5所示的第三配置信息可知,HARQ进程集合0中的HARQ进程为非使能态,HARQ进程集合1中的HARQ进程为使能态。See Table 5. The terminal device includes two HARQ process sets, namely HARQ process set 1 and HARQ process set 2, HARQ process set 1 includes HARQ process 0 to HARQ process 3, and HARQ process set 2 includes HARQ process 4 To HARQ process 7. According to the third configuration information shown in Table 5, the HARQ process in the HARQ process set 0 is in the disabled state, and the HARQ process in the HARQ process set 1 is in the enabled state.
可选地,针对第一指示信息中的信息4,第一HARQ进程的标识可以为第一HARQ进程的序号。例如,假设终端设备中包括16个HARQ进程,则第一HARQ进程的标识可以为1至16之间的任意整数。Optionally, for information 4 in the first indication information, the identifier of the first HARQ process may be the sequence number of the first HARQ process. For example, assuming that the terminal device includes 16 HARQ processes, the identifier of the first HARQ process may be any integer between 1 and 16.
可选地,针对第一指示信息中的信息5,第一HARQ进程所在的HARQ进程集合的标识可以为HARQ进程集合的序号。例如,假设终端设备中包括两个HARQ进程集合,则第一HARQ进程所在的 HARQ进程集合的标识可以为HARQ进程集合1或者HARQ进程集合2。Optionally, for information 5 in the first indication information, the identifier of the HARQ process set where the first HARQ process is located may be the sequence number of the HARQ process set. For example, assuming that the terminal device includes two HARQ process sets, the identifier of the HARQ process set where the first HARQ process is located may be HARQ process set 1 or HARQ process set 2.
可选地,针对第一指示信息中的信息6,可选地,第一参数的值为第一预设值例如为1时,第一参数信息用于确定第一HARQ进程为非使能态;或,第一参数的值为第二预设值例如为0时,第一参数信息用于确定第一HARQ进程为使能态。可选地,如果配置了第一参数,可以确定第一HARQ进程为非使能态;或,如果没有配置第一参数,可以确定第一HARQ进程为使能态。Optionally, for information 6 in the first indication information, optionally, when the value of the first parameter is a first preset value, for example, 1, the first parameter information is used to determine that the first HARQ process is in the disabled state. Or, when the value of the first parameter is the second preset value, for example, 0, the first parameter information is used to determine that the first HARQ process is in the enabled state. Optionally, if the first parameter is configured, it can be determined that the first HARQ process is in the disabled state; or if the first parameter is not configured, it can be determined that the first HARQ process is in the enabled state.
可选地,第一参数包括上行HARQ反馈去使能参数,用于确定下行HARQ进程的上行反馈是否去使能。例如,如果终端设备被配置第一参数,则终端设备的至少一个HARQ进程可以为非使能态例如上行HARQ反馈去使能的HARQ进程;或,如果终端设备收到第一参数且第一参数为预设值例如TRUE,则终端设备的至少一个HARQ进程可以为非使能态的HARQ进程。Optionally, the first parameter includes an uplink HARQ feedback disabling parameter, which is used to determine whether the uplink feedback of the downlink HARQ process is disabled. For example, if the terminal device is configured with the first parameter, at least one HARQ process of the terminal device may be in a non-enabled state, such as a HARQ process with uplink HARQ feedback disabled; or, if the terminal device receives the first parameter and the first parameter If it is a preset value such as TRUE, at least one HARQ process of the terminal device may be a non-enabled HARQ process.
针对第一指示信息中的信息7,第一时间信息中包括的内容可以包括如下三种情况:Regarding information 7 in the first indication information, the content included in the first time information may include the following three situations:
情况1、第一时间信息中包括时段,该时段可以为终端设备中的HARQ进程的配置生效时间。该时段可以包括起始时刻和结束时刻,例如,第一时间信息中包括的时段可以为2019年1月1号至2019年1月3号,则第一指示信息对终端设备中的HARQ进程的配置在2019年1月1号至2019年1月3号生效,在其它时间,第一指示信息对终端设备中的HARQ进程的配置不生效。 Case 1. The first time information includes a time period, and the time period may be the configuration effective time of the HARQ process in the terminal device. The time period may include a start time and an end time. For example, the time period included in the first time information may be from January 1, 2019 to January 3, 2019, and the first indication information is for the HARQ process in the terminal device. The configuration takes effect from January 1, 2019 to January 3, 2019. At other times, the first indication information does not take effect on the configuration of the HARQ process in the terminal device.
情况2、第一时间信息中包括起始时刻和/或时长,该起始时刻为终端设备中的HARQ进程的配置生效的起始时刻。该时长为终端设备中的HARQ进程配置生效的时长。若第一时间信息中不包括起始时刻,则可以将终端设备接收到第一指示信息的时刻确定为该起始时刻。 Case 2. The first time information includes the start time and/or duration, and the start time is the start time at which the configuration of the HARQ process in the terminal device takes effect. The duration is the duration for the HARQ process configuration in the terminal device to take effect. If the first time information does not include the start time, the time when the terminal device receives the first indication information may be determined as the start time.
情况3、第一时间信息中可以包括起始时刻和结束时刻,该起始时刻为终端设备中的HARQ进程配置的起始生效时刻,该结束时刻为终端设备中的HARQ进程配置的结束生效时刻。 Case 3. The first time information may include a start time and an end time. The start time is the start effective time of the HARQ process configuration in the terminal device, and the end time is the end effective time of the HARQ process configuration in the terminal device .
在上述三种情况的任意一种情况中,第一时间信息还可以包括生效周期。In any of the above three cases, the first time information may also include the effective period.
S502、网络设备向终端设备发送第一指示信息。S502: The network device sends first indication information to the terminal device.
S503、终端设备根据第一指示信息,确定第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态。S503: The terminal device determines the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process according to the first indication information.
在第一HARQ进程为下行HARQ进程时,若第一HARQ进程为非使能态,则终端设备确定不对第一HARQ进程进行反馈。若第一HARQ进程为使能态,则终端设备确定对第一HARQ进程进行反馈。When the first HARQ process is a downlink HARQ process, if the first HARQ process is in the disabled state, the terminal device determines not to feed back the first HARQ process. If the first HARQ process is in the enabled state, the terminal device determines to feed back the first HARQ process.
在第一HARQ进程为上行HARQ进程时,若第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态为非使能态,终端设备不等待网络设备对第一HARQ进程中传输的第一物理信道的反馈;或,若第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态为使能态,终端设备等待网络设备对第一HARQ进程中传输的第一物理信道的反馈。When the first HARQ process is an uplink HARQ process, if the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process is in the disabled state, the terminal device does not wait for the network device to feedback on the first physical channel transmitted in the first HARQ process; or, If the HARQ feedback function state of the first HARQ process is in the enabled state, the terminal device waits for the feedback of the network device on the first physical channel transmitted in the first HARQ process.
在图5所示的实施例中,在下行过程中,网络设备可以通过第一指示信息向终端设备指示是否对第一HARQ进程进行反馈;在终端设备根据第一指示信息确定不对第一HARQ进程进行反馈时,则终端设备无需对该HARQ进程进行反馈,网络设备也无需等待终端设备的反馈即可通过该HARQ进程传输其它数据,提高了数据传输效率。在上行过程中,网络设备可以通过第一指示信息向终端设备指示是否等待网络设备对第一HARQ进程中传输的第一物理信道的反馈;在终端设备根据第一指示信息确定不等待网络设备对第一HARQ进程中传输的第一物理信道的反馈时,在终端设备通过第一HARQ进程传输上行数据之后,终端设备无需等待预设时长,终端设备即可通过第一HARQ进程再进行上行数据传输,提高了终端设备和网络设备之间的数据传输效率。In the embodiment shown in FIG. 5, in the downlink process, the network device may indicate to the terminal device whether to feed back the first HARQ process through the first indication information; the terminal device determines not to feedback the first HARQ process according to the first indication information. When feedback is performed, the terminal device does not need to feedback the HARQ process, and the network device does not need to wait for the feedback of the terminal device to transmit other data through the HARQ process, which improves the data transmission efficiency. In the uplink process, the network device can indicate to the terminal device whether to wait for the network device to feedback on the first physical channel transmitted in the first HARQ process through the first indication information; the terminal device determines not to wait for the network device pair according to the first indication information. During the feedback of the first physical channel transmitted in the first HARQ process, after the terminal device transmits the uplink data through the first HARQ process, the terminal device does not need to wait for the preset time, and the terminal device can perform the uplink data transmission again through the first HARQ process , Improve the efficiency of data transmission between terminal equipment and network equipment.
下面,通过具体示例,对图5实施例所示的方法进行说明。Hereinafter, the method shown in the embodiment of FIG. 5 will be described through specific examples.
示例1,假设终端设备中包括8个HARQ进程,网络设备向终端设备发送RRC信令(第一指示信息)中包括表4所示的第二配置信息。若该8个HARQ进程为下行HARQ进程,则终端设备在接收到该RRC信令之后,终端设备确定其不进行反馈的HARQ进程包括:HARQ进程0、HARQ进程1、HARQ进程4和HARQ进程5,终端设备反馈的HARQ进程包括:HARQ进程2、HARQ进程3、HARQ进程6和HARQ进程7。例如,在终端设备接收到HARQ进程0对应的下行数据之后,终端设备不对该HARQ进程0进行反馈。在终端设备接收到HARQ进程2对应的下行数据之后,终端设备不对该HARQ进程2进行反馈。若该8个HARQ进程为上行HARQ进程,则终端设备在接收到该RRC信令之后,终端设备确定其不等待反馈的HARQ进程包括:HARQ进程0、HARQ进程1、HARQ进程4和HARQ进程5,终端设备等待反馈的HARQ进程包括:HARQ进程2、HARQ进程3、HARQ进程6和HARQ进程7。例如,在终端设备通过HARQ进程0发送上行数据之后,终端设备不需要等待网络设备对HARQ进程0中传输的物理信道的反馈,即可通过HARQ进程0再进行上行数据传输。Example 1. Assuming that the terminal device includes 8 HARQ processes, the RRC signaling (first indication information) sent by the network device to the terminal device includes the second configuration information shown in Table 4. If the 8 HARQ processes are downlink HARQ processes, after the terminal device receives the RRC signaling, the terminal device determines that the HARQ processes that it does not perform feedback include: HARQ process 0, HARQ process 1, HARQ process 1, HARQ process 4, and HARQ process 5. , The HARQ process fed back by the terminal device includes: HARQ process 2, HARQ process 3, HARQ process 6, and HARQ process 7. For example, after the terminal device receives the downlink data corresponding to HARQ process 0, the terminal device does not feedback the HARQ process 0. After the terminal device receives the downlink data corresponding to the HARQ process 2, the terminal device does not feedback the HARQ process 2. If the 8 HARQ processes are uplink HARQ processes, after the terminal device receives the RRC signaling, the terminal device determines that the HARQ processes that it does not wait for feedback include: HARQ process 0, HARQ process 1, HARQ process 4, and HARQ process 5. The HARQ process that the terminal device is waiting for feedback includes: HARQ process 2, HARQ process 3, HARQ process 6, and HARQ process 7. For example, after the terminal device sends uplink data through HARQ process 0, the terminal device does not need to wait for the network device to feedback on the physical channel transmitted in HARQ process 0, and can perform uplink data transmission through HARQ process 0 again.
示例2,假设终端设备中包括8个HARQ进程,网络设备向终端设备发送RRC信令(第一指示信息)中包括表5所示的第三配置信息,假设RRC信令中还包括第一时间信息,第一时间信息中包括时段1。若该8个HARQ进程为下行HARQ进程,则在终端设备接收到该RRC信令之后,在时段1内,终端设备对HARQ进程集合1中的HARQ进程不进行反馈,终端设备对HARQ进程集合2中的HARQ进程进行反馈。在其它时段内,终端设备对所有的HARQ进程均进行反馈。若该8个HARQ进程为上行HARQ进程,则在终端设备接收到该RRC信令之后,在时段1内,终端设备不等待网络设备对HARQ进程集合1中的HARQ进程的反馈,终端设备等待网络设备对HARQ进程集合2中的HARQ进程的反馈。在其它时段内,终端设备等待网络设备对所有的HARQ进程的反馈。Example 2: Assuming that the terminal equipment includes 8 HARQ processes, the RRC signaling (first indication information) sent by the network equipment to the terminal equipment includes the third configuration information shown in Table 5, and it is assumed that the RRC signaling also includes the first time Information, the first time information includes period 1. If the 8 HARQ processes are downlink HARQ processes, after the terminal device receives the RRC signaling, in period 1, the terminal device does not feedback the HARQ process in HARQ process set 1, and the terminal device responds to HARQ process set 2. The HARQ process in the feedback. In other periods, the terminal device feedbacks all HARQ processes. If the 8 HARQ processes are uplink HARQ processes, after the terminal device receives the RRC signaling, in time period 1, the terminal device does not wait for the network device's feedback to the HARQ process in the HARQ process set 1, and the terminal device waits for the network Feedback from the device to the HARQ process in the HARQ process set 2. In other periods, the terminal device waits for feedback from the network device to all HARQ processes.
图6为本申请实施例提供的又一种HARQ进程的状态确定方法的流程示意图。在图6所示的实施例中,指示信息包括第二指示信息。请参见图6,该方法可以包括:FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of another method for determining the status of a HARQ process according to an embodiment of the application. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 6, the indication information includes second indication information. Referring to Figure 6, the method may include:
S601、网络设备生成第二指示信息。S601. The network device generates second indication information.
第二指示信息用于激活或去激活第一HARQ进程的非使能态,第一HARQ进程为非使能态。第一HARQ进程为非使能态可以为第二指示信息中指示的,或者,网络设备预先向终端设备配置的,或者,终端设备预先配置的,或者协议约定的等。The second indication information is used to activate or deactivate the disabled state of the first HARQ process, and the first HARQ process is in the disabled state. The first HARQ process being in the disabled state may be indicated in the second indication information, or pre-configured by the network device to the terminal device, or pre-configured by the terminal device, or agreed upon by the protocol, etc.
可选的,第二指示信息为DCI或MAC CE或RRC。可选地,该DCI可以为CS-RNTI扰码的DCI。Optionally, the second indication information is DCI or MAC CE or RRC. Optionally, the DCI may be DCI scrambled by CS-RNTI.
第二指示信息包括如下信息中的至少一种:第一HARQ进程的标识、第一HARQ进程所在的HARQ进程集合的标识、第二参数信息和第二时间信息。第二参数信息用于指示对至少一个HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态进行激活或者去激活,至少一个HARQ进程包括第一HARQ进程;第二时间信息用于指示至少一个HARQ进程的激活生效时间,至少一个HARQ进程包括第一HARQ进程。The second indication information includes at least one of the following information: the identifier of the first HARQ process, the identifier of the HARQ process set where the first HARQ process is located, the second parameter information, and the second time information. The second parameter information is used to indicate the activation or deactivation of the HARQ feedback function status of at least one HARQ process, the at least one HARQ process includes the first HARQ process; the second time information is used to indicate the activation time of the at least one HARQ process, at least One HARQ process includes the first HARQ process.
可选的,第二时间信息中包括的内容可以包括如下三种情况:Optionally, the content included in the second time information may include the following three situations:
情况1、第二时间信息中包括时段,该时段可以为第一HARQ进程的非使能态的激活生效时间。该时段可以包括起始时刻和结束时刻。在该时段内,第一HARQ进程的非使能态被激活,在其它时段,第一HARQ进程的非使能态未被激活。 Case 1. The second time information includes a time period, and the time period may be the activation effective time of the first HARQ process in the non-enabled state. The period can include a start time and an end time. In this period, the inactive state of the first HARQ process is activated, and in other periods, the inactive state of the first HARQ process is not activated.
情况2、第二时间信息中包括起始时刻和/或时长,该起始时刻为激活第一HARQ进程的非使能态的起始时刻。该时长为第一HARQ进程的非使能态被激活的时长。若第二时间信息中不包括起始时刻,则可以将终端设备接收到第二指示信息的时刻确定为该起始时刻。 Case 2. The second time information includes the start time and/or duration, and the start time is the start time of the non-enabled state for activating the first HARQ process. The duration is the duration during which the disabled state of the first HARQ process is activated. If the second time information does not include the start time, the time when the terminal device receives the second indication information may be determined as the start time.
情况3、第二时间信息中可以包括起始时刻和结束时刻,该起始时刻为第一HARQ进程的非使能态被激活的时刻,该结束时刻为第一HARQ进程的非使能态去激活的时刻。 Case 3. The second time information may include a start time and an end time. The start time is the time when the disabled state of the first HARQ process is activated, and the end time is the disabled state of the first HARQ process. The moment of activation.
在上述三种情况的任意一种情况中,第二时间信息还可以包括生效周期。In any one of the above three cases, the second time information may also include the effective period.
可选的,第二参数信息可以包括如下两种情况中的至少一种:Optionally, the second parameter information may include at least one of the following two situations:
情况1、第二参数信息为第二指示信息中第一信息域中的信息。 Case 1. The second parameter information is information in the first information field in the second indication information.
若第一信息域中的信息为第一预设信息,第一HARQ进程为激活的非使能态HARQ进程;或者,若第一信息域中的信息为第二预设信息,第一HARQ进程为去激活的非使能态HARQ进程。例如,当第二指示信息为DCI时,第一信息域为DCI中的冗余版本信息域。If the information in the first information field is the first preset information, the first HARQ process is an activated non-enabled HARQ process; or, if the information in the first information field is the second preset information, the first HARQ process It is a deactivated non-enabled HARQ process. For example, when the second indication information is DCI, the first information field is the redundancy version information field in the DCI.
第一HARQ进程为激活的非使能态HARQ进程是指,将已经被配置为非使能态的第一HARQ进程激活。The first HARQ process being the activated non-enabled HARQ process refers to activating the first HARQ process that has been configured to the non-enabled state.
第一HARQ进程为去激活的非使能态HARQ进程是指,将已经被配置为非使能态的第一HARQ进程去激活。The first HARQ process being the deactivated non-enabled HARQ process refers to deactivating the first HARQ process that has been configured to the non-enabled state.
例如,当第一信息域为“1”,则第一指示信息指示第一HARQ进程的非使能态被激活,当第一信息域为“0”,则第一指示信息指示第一HARQ进程的非使能态被去激活。或者,当第一信息域为“0”,则第一指示信息指示第一HARQ进程的非使能态被激活,当第一信息域为“1”,则第一指示信息指示第一HARQ进程的非使能态被去激活。For example, when the first information field is "1", the first indication information indicates that the disabled state of the first HARQ process is activated, and when the first information field is "0", the first indication information indicates the first HARQ process The inactive state of is deactivated. Or, when the first information field is "0", the first indication information indicates that the disabled state of the first HARQ process is activated, and when the first information field is "1", the first indication information indicates the first HARQ process The inactive state of is deactivated.
可选的,当第二指示信息中包括第一HARQ进程所在HARQ进程集合的标识,若第一信息域中的信息为第一预设信息,则第一HARQ进程集合中的所有HARQ进程的非使能态被激活;若第一信息域中的信息为第二预设信息,则第一HARQ进程集合中的所有HARQ进程的非使能态被去激活。其中,第一HARQ进程集合为第一HARQ进程所在的HARQ进程集合。Optionally, when the second indication information includes the identification of the HARQ process set where the first HARQ process is located, and if the information in the first information field is the first preset information, the non-identity of all HARQ processes in the first HARQ process set is The enabled state is activated; if the information in the first information field is the second preset information, the non-enabled state of all HARQ processes in the first HARQ process set is deactivated. Wherein, the first HARQ process set is the HARQ process set where the first HARQ process is located.
例如,当第二指示信息中包括第一HARQ进程所在HARQ进程集合(下文简称第一HARQ进程集合)的标识时,当第一信息域为“1”,则第一指示信息指示第一HARQ进程集合中的HARQ进程的非使能态均被激活,当第一信息域为“0”,则第一指示信息指示第一HARQ进程集合中的HARQ进程的非使能态均被去激活。或者,当第一信息域为“0”,则第一指示信息指示第一HARQ进程集合中的HARQ进程的非使能态被激活,当第一信息域为“1”,则第一指示信息指示第一HARQ进程集合中的HARQ进程的非使能态均被去激活。For example, when the second indication information includes the identification of the HARQ process set where the first HARQ process is located (hereinafter referred to as the first HARQ process set), when the first information field is "1", the first indication information indicates the first HARQ process The disabling states of the HARQ processes in the set are all activated. When the first information field is "0", the first indication information indicates that the disabling states of the HARQ processes in the first HARQ process set are all deactivated. Or, when the first information field is "0", the first indication information indicates that the disabled state of the HARQ process in the first HARQ process set is activated, and when the first information field is "1", the first indication information It indicates that the non-enabled state of the HARQ process in the first HARQ process set is all deactivated.
下面,结合表6,对第二参数信息进行说明。The second parameter information will be described below in conjunction with Table 6.
表6Table 6
信息域Information domain DCI格式1_0或DCI格式1_2DCI format 1_0 or DCI format 1_2 DCI格式1_1DCI format 1_1
冗余版本Redundant version 全部置为0Set all to 0 对于使能的传输块:全部置为0For the enabled transmission block: set all to 0
例如,假设第二指示信息为DCI,第一信息域为DCI中的冗余版本信息域。当DCI的格式为DCI格式1_0或DCI格式1_2时,当冗余版本信息域中的信息全部设置为0时,第一HARQ进程(或者第一HARQ进程所在的HARQ进程激活)的非使能态被激活。当DCI的格式为DCI格式1_1时,对于使能的传输块,当冗余版本信息域中的信息全部设置为0时,第一HARQ进程(或者第一HARQ进程所在的HARQ进程集合)的非使能态被激活。还可以通过DCI中的HARQ进程号信息域来指示第一HARQ进程或者第一HARQ进程所在的HARQ进程集合。可选地,该DCI是CS-RNTI扰码的DCI。可选地,该DCI中使能传输块TB对应的NDI域设置为“1”。For example, suppose that the second indication information is DCI, and the first information field is the redundancy version information field in the DCI. When the DCI format is DCI format 1_0 or DCI format 1_2, when the information in the redundancy version information field is all set to 0, the first HARQ process (or the HARQ process where the first HARQ process is active) is in the disabled state Activated. When the DCI format is DCI format 1_1, for the enabled transport block, when the information in the redundancy version information field is all set to 0, the first HARQ process (or the HARQ process set where the first HARQ process is located) is not The enable state is activated. The HARQ process number information field in the DCI can also be used to indicate the first HARQ process or the HARQ process set in which the first HARQ process is located. Optionally, the DCI is the DCI of the CS-RNTI scrambling code. Optionally, the NDI field corresponding to the enabled transport block TB in the DCI is set to "1".
下面,结合表7,对第二参数信息进行说明。The second parameter information will be described below in conjunction with Table 7.
表7Table 7
信息域Information domain DCI格式1_0或DCI格式1_2DCI format 1_0 or DCI format 1_2 DCI格式1_1DCI format 1_1
冗余版本Redundant version 全部置为1Set all to 1 对于使能的传输块:全部置为1For the enabled transmission block: set all to 1
例如,假设第二指示信息为DCI,第一信息域为DCI中的冗余版本信息域。当DCI的格式为DCI格式1_0或DCI格式1_2时,当冗余版本信息域中的信息全部设置为1时,第一HARQ进程(或者第一HARQ进程所在的HARQ进程激活)的非使能态被激活。当DCI的格式为DCI格式1_1时,对于使能的传输块,当冗余版本信息域中的信息全部设置为0时,第一HARQ进程(或者第一HARQ进程所在的HARQ进程集合)的非使能态被激活。还可以通过DCI中的HARQ进程号信息域来指示第一HARQ进程或者第一HARQ进程所在的HARQ进程集合。For example, suppose that the second indication information is DCI, and the first information field is the redundancy version information field in the DCI. When the DCI format is DCI format 1_0 or DCI format 1_2, when the information in the redundancy version information field is all set to 1, the first HARQ process (or the HARQ process in which the first HARQ process is located is activated) is in the disabled state Activated. When the DCI format is DCI format 1_1, for the enabled transport block, when the information in the redundancy version information field is all set to 0, the first HARQ process (or the HARQ process set where the first HARQ process is located) is not The enable state is activated. The HARQ process number information field in the DCI may also be used to indicate the first HARQ process or the HARQ process set where the first HARQ process is located.
情况2、第二参数信息为第二指示信息中至少两个信息域中的信息的组合。 Case 2. The second parameter information is a combination of information in at least two information fields in the second indication information.
若至少两个信息域中的信息的组合为第一信息组合,第一HARQ进程为激活的非使能态HARQ进程;或者,若至少两个信息域中的信息的组合为第二信息组合,第一HARQ进程为去激活的非使能态HARQ进程。例如,当第二指示信息为DCI,至少两个信息域包括:DCI中的冗余版本信息域、调制与编码方式信息域、频域资源分配信息域。If the combination of information in at least two information fields is the first information combination, the first HARQ process is an activated, non-enabled HARQ process; or, if the combination of information in at least two information fields is the second information combination, The first HARQ process is a deactivated non-enabled HARQ process. For example, when the second indication information is DCI, the at least two information fields include: a redundancy version information field in the DCI, a modulation and coding mode information field, and a frequency domain resource allocation information field.
可选的,当第二指示信息中包括第一HARQ进程所在HARQ进程集合的标识,若至少两个信息域 中的信息的组合为第一信息组合,则第一HARQ进程集合中的所有HARQ进程的非使能态被激活;若至少两个信息域中的信息的组合为第二信息组合,则第一HARQ进程集合中的所有HARQ进程的非使能态被去激活。其中,第一HARQ进程集合为第一HARQ进程所在的HARQ进程集合。Optionally, when the second indication information includes the identification of the HARQ process set where the first HARQ process is located, if the combination of the information in the at least two information fields is the first information combination, all HARQ processes in the first HARQ process set The non-enabled state of is activated; if the combination of information in at least two information fields is the second information combination, the non-enabled states of all HARQ processes in the first HARQ process set are deactivated. Wherein, the first HARQ process set is the HARQ process set where the first HARQ process is located.
下面,结合表8,对第二参数信息进行说明。The second parameter information will be described below in conjunction with Table 8.
表8Table 8
Figure PCTCN2020077285-appb-000008
Figure PCTCN2020077285-appb-000008
例如,假设第二指示信息为DCI,至少两个信息域包括:冗余版本信息域、调制与编码方式信息域和频域资源分配信息域,则对于三种格式的DCI(DCI格式1_0、DCI格式1_1、DCI格式1_2),当冗余版本信息域中的值全部设置为0,调制与编码方式信息域全部设置为1,对于分配类型1,频域资源分配信息域全部设置为0,对于分配类型2,频域资源分配信息域全部设置为1时,第一HARQ进程(或者第一HARQ进程所在的HARQ进程激活)的非使能态被激活。还可以通过DCI中的HARQ进程号信息域来指示第一HARQ进程或者第一HARQ进程所在的HARQ进程集合。可选地,该DCI是CS-RNTI扰码的DCI。可选地,该DCI中使能传输块TB对应的NDI域设置为“1”。For example, assuming that the second indication information is DCI, at least two information fields include: a redundancy version information field, a modulation and coding method information field, and a frequency domain resource allocation information field. For three formats of DCI (DCI format 1_0, DCI Format 1_1, DCI format 1_2), when the values in the redundancy version information field are all set to 0, the modulation and coding mode information field is all set to 1, for allocation type 1, the frequency domain resource allocation information field is set to 0, for For allocation type 2, when the frequency domain resource allocation information field is all set to 1, the non-enabled state of the first HARQ process (or the HARQ process in which the first HARQ process is located is activated) is activated. The HARQ process number information field in the DCI may also be used to indicate the first HARQ process or the HARQ process set where the first HARQ process is located. Optionally, the DCI is the DCI of the CS-RNTI scrambling code. Optionally, the NDI field corresponding to the enabled transport block TB in the DCI is set to "1".
下面,结合表9,对第二参数信息进行说明。The second parameter information will be described below in conjunction with Table 9.
表9Table 9
Figure PCTCN2020077285-appb-000009
Figure PCTCN2020077285-appb-000009
例如,假设第二指示信息为DCI,至少两个信息域包括:冗余版本信息域、调制与编码方式信息域和频域资源分配信息域,则对于三种格式的DCI(DCI格式1_0、DCI格式1_1、DCI格式1_2),当冗余版本信息域中的值全部设置为1,调制与编码方式信息域全部设置为0,对于分配类型1,频域资源分配信息域全部设置为1,对于分配类型2,频域资源分配信息域全部设置为0时,第一HARQ进程(或者第一HARQ进程所在的HARQ进程激活)的非使能态被激活。还可以通过DCI中的HARQ进程号信息域来指示第一HARQ进程或者第一HARQ进程所在的HARQ进程集合。可选地,该DCI是CS-RNTI扰码的DCI。For example, assuming that the second indication information is DCI, at least two information fields include: a redundancy version information field, a modulation and coding method information field, and a frequency domain resource allocation information field. For three formats of DCI (DCI format 1_0, DCI Format 1_1, DCI format 1_2), when the values in the redundancy version information field are all set to 1, the modulation and coding mode information fields are all set to 0, for allocation type 1, the frequency domain resource allocation information field is all set to 1, for For allocation type 2, when all the frequency domain resource allocation information fields are set to 0, the disabled state of the first HARQ process (or the HARQ process in which the first HARQ process is located is activated) is activated. The HARQ process number information field in the DCI may also be used to indicate the first HARQ process or the HARQ process set where the first HARQ process is located. Optionally, the DCI is the DCI of the CS-RNTI scrambling code.
S602、网络设备向终端设备发送第二指示信息。S602: The network device sends second indication information to the terminal device.
S603、网络设备根据第二指示信息,确定第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态。S603: The network device determines the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process according to the second indication information.
在第一HARQ进程为下行HARQ进程时,若第一HARQ进程为非使能态,则终端设备确定不对第一HARQ进程进行反馈。若第一HARQ进程为使能态,则终端设备确定对第一HARQ进程进行反馈。When the first HARQ process is a downlink HARQ process, if the first HARQ process is in the disabled state, the terminal device determines not to feed back the first HARQ process. If the first HARQ process is in the enabled state, the terminal device determines to feed back the first HARQ process.
在第一HARQ进程为上行HARQ进程时,若第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态为非使能态,终端设备不等待网络设备对第一HARQ进程中传输的第一物理信道的反馈;或,若第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态为使能态,终端设备等待网络设备对第一HARQ进程中传输的第一物理信道的反馈。When the first HARQ process is an uplink HARQ process, if the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process is in the disabled state, the terminal device does not wait for the network device to feedback on the first physical channel transmitted in the first HARQ process; or, If the HARQ feedback function state of the first HARQ process is in the enabled state, the terminal device waits for the feedback of the network device on the first physical channel transmitted in the first HARQ process.
在图6所示的实施例中,在下行过程中,网络设备可以通过第二指示信息向终端设备指示是否对第一HARQ进程进行反馈;在终端设备根据第二指示信息确定不对第一HARQ进程进行反馈时,则终端设备无需对该HARQ进程进行反馈,网络设备也无需等待终端设备的反馈即可通过该HARQ进程传输其它数据,提高了数据传输效率。在上行过程中,网络设备可以通过第二指示信息向终端设备指示是否等待网络设备对第一HARQ进程中传输的第一物理信道的反馈;在终端设备根据第二指示信息确定不等待网络设备对第一HARQ进程中传输的第一物理信道的反馈时,在终端设备通过第一HARQ进程传输上行数据之后,终端设备无需等待预设时长,终端设备即可通过第一HARQ进程再进行上行数据传输,提高了终端设备和网络设备之间的数据传输效率。In the embodiment shown in FIG. 6, in the downlink process, the network device can indicate to the terminal device whether to feed back the first HARQ process through the second indication information; the terminal device determines not to feedback the first HARQ process according to the second indication information. When performing feedback, the terminal device does not need to feedback the HARQ process, and the network device does not need to wait for the feedback of the terminal device to transmit other data through the HARQ process, which improves the data transmission efficiency. In the uplink process, the network device can indicate to the terminal device whether to wait for the network device to feedback on the first physical channel transmitted in the first HARQ process through the second indication information; the terminal device determines not to wait for the network device pair according to the second indication information. During the feedback of the first physical channel transmitted in the first HARQ process, after the terminal device transmits the uplink data through the first HARQ process, the terminal device does not need to wait for the preset time, and the terminal device can perform the uplink data transmission again through the first HARQ process , Improve the efficiency of data transmission between terminal equipment and network equipment.
图7为本申请实施例提供的再一种HARQ进程的状态确定方法的流程示意图。在图7所示的实施例中,指示信息包括第三指示信息。请参见图7,该方法可以包括:FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of another method for determining the status of a HARQ process provided by an embodiment of the application. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 7, the indication information includes third indication information. Referring to Figure 7, the method may include:
S701、网络设备生成第三指示信息。S701. The network device generates third indication information.
第三指示信息用于动态指示第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态。The third indication information is used to dynamically indicate the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process.
可选的,第三指示信息为DCI。Optionally, the third indication information is DCI.
第三指示信息包括如下信息中的至少一种:第一HARQ进程的标识、第三参数信息,第三参数信息用于指示第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态。The third indication information includes at least one of the following information: an identifier of the first HARQ process, and third parameter information, where the third parameter information is used to indicate the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process.
可选的,第三参数信息为第三指示信息中的第二信息域中的信息。Optionally, the third parameter information is information in the second information field in the third indication information.
若第二信息域中的信息为第三预设信息,第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态为使能态;或,若第二信息域中的信息为第四预设信息,第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态为非使能态。可选的,第二信息域为PDSCH到HARQ的反馈时间指示域。If the information in the second information field is the third preset information, the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process is enabled; or, if the information in the second information field is the fourth preset information, the first HARQ process The status of the HARQ feedback function is disabled. Optionally, the second information field is a feedback time indication field from PDSCH to HARQ.
例如),第二信息域为PDSCH到HARQ的反馈时间指示域(PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing imdicator)。网格设备在为终端设备配置下行数据到上行HARQ反馈的时序的时候(例如配置参数dl-DataToUL-ACK),配置一个特殊值(或无效值,或非数值的值),若第二信息域指示PDSCH到HARQ的反馈时间为该特殊值时,则当前调度的HARQ进程是非使能态的HARQ进程;或,如果第二信息域指示PDSCH到HARQ的反馈时间为正常数值时,说明当前调度的HARQ进程是使能态的HARQ进程。For example), the second information field is the PDSCH-to-HARQ feedback timing indicator field (PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator). When the grid device configures the timing from downlink data to uplink HARQ feedback for the terminal device (for example, configure the parameter dl-DataToUL-ACK), configure a special value (or invalid value, or non-numeric value), if the second information field When the feedback time from PDSCH to HARQ is the special value, the currently scheduled HARQ process is a non-enabled HARQ process; or, if the second information field indicates that the feedback time from PDSCH to HARQ is a normal value, it means the currently scheduled HARQ process The HARQ process is an enabled HARQ process.
S702、网络设备向终端设备发送第三指示信息。S702: The network device sends third indication information to the terminal device.
S703、网络设备根据第三指示信息,确定第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态。S703: The network device determines the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process according to the third indication information.
在第一HARQ进程为下行HARQ进程时,若第一HARQ进程为非使能态,则终端设备确定不对第一HARQ进程进行反馈。若第一HARQ进程为使能态,则终端设备确定对第一HARQ进程进行反馈。When the first HARQ process is a downlink HARQ process, if the first HARQ process is in the disabled state, the terminal device determines not to feed back the first HARQ process. If the first HARQ process is in the enabled state, the terminal device determines to feed back the first HARQ process.
在第一HARQ进程为上行HARQ进程时,若第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态为非使能态,终端设备不等待网络设备对第一HARQ进程中传输的第一物理信道的反馈;或,若第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态为使能态,终端设备等待网络设备对第一HARQ进程中传输的第一物理信道的反馈。When the first HARQ process is an uplink HARQ process, if the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process is in the disabled state, the terminal device does not wait for the network device to feedback on the first physical channel transmitted in the first HARQ process; or, If the HARQ feedback function state of the first HARQ process is in the enabled state, the terminal device waits for the feedback of the network device on the first physical channel transmitted in the first HARQ process.
在图7所示的实施例中,在下行过程中,网络设备可以通过第三指示信息向终端设备指示是否对第一HARQ进程进行反馈;在终端设备根据第三指示信息确定不对第一HARQ进程进行反馈时,则终端设备无需对该HARQ进程进行反馈,网络设备也无需等待终端设备的反馈即可通过该HARQ进程传输其它数据,提高了数据传输效率。在上行过程中,网络设备可以通过第三指示信息向终端设备指示是否等待网络设备对第一HARQ进程中传输的第一物理信道的反馈;在终端设备根据第三指示信息确定不等待网络设备对第一HARQ进程中传输的第一物理信道的反馈时,在终端设备通过第一HARQ进程传输上行数据之后,终端设备无需等待预设时长,终端设备即可通过第一HARQ进程再进行上行数据传输,提高了终端设备和网络设备之间的数据传输效率。In the embodiment shown in FIG. 7, in the downlink process, the network device may indicate to the terminal device whether to feed back the first HARQ process through the third indication information; the terminal device determines not to feedback the first HARQ process according to the third indication information. When performing feedback, the terminal device does not need to feedback the HARQ process, and the network device does not need to wait for the feedback of the terminal device to transmit other data through the HARQ process, which improves the data transmission efficiency. During the uplink process, the network device can indicate to the terminal device whether to wait for the network device’s feedback on the first physical channel transmitted in the first HARQ process through the third indication information; the terminal device determines not to wait for the network device pair according to the third indication information. During the feedback of the first physical channel transmitted in the first HARQ process, after the terminal device transmits the uplink data through the first HARQ process, the terminal device does not need to wait for the preset time, and the terminal device can perform the uplink data transmission again through the first HARQ process , Improve the efficiency of data transmission between terminal equipment and network equipment.
指示信息还可以包括第一指示信息、第二指示信息或第三指示信息中的两种或多种。下面,对指示信息还可以包括第一指示信息、第二指示信息或第三指示信息中的两种或多种时,网络设备和终端设备之间的HARQ进程的状态确定方法进行说明。可以包括如下多种方式:The indication information may also include two or more of the first indication information, the second indication information, or the third indication information. Hereinafter, the method for determining the status of the HARQ process between the network device and the terminal device when the indication information may also include two or more of the first indication information, the second indication information, or the third indication information will be described. It can include the following multiple methods:
方式1、指示信息包括第一指示信息和第二指示信息。 Manner 1. The indication information includes first indication information and second indication information.
在该种方式中,网络设备可以先向终端设备发送第一指示信息,该第一指示信息可以配置终端设备中的非使能态HARQ进程和/或使能态HARQ进程。在终端设备接收到第一指示信息之后,终端设备中的非使能态HARQ进程并未被激活。网络设备还向终端设备发送第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于激活或者去激活第一指示信息配置的非使能态HARQ进程。当然,网络设备也可以同时向终端设备发送第一指示信息和第二指示信息,本申请对此并不限定。In this manner, the network device may first send the first indication information to the terminal device, and the first indication information may configure the non-enabled HARQ process and/or the enabled HARQ process in the terminal device. After the terminal device receives the first indication information, the non-enabled HARQ process in the terminal device is not activated. The network device also sends second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information is used to activate or deactivate the non-enabled HARQ process configured by the first indication information. Of course, the network device may also send the first instruction information and the second instruction information to the terminal device at the same time, which is not limited in this application.
下面,结合图8,通过具体示例,对该种方式进行说明。In the following, this method will be described with reference to FIG. 8 through a specific example.
图8为本申请实施例提供的一种HARQ进程的HARQ反馈状态示意图。假设终端设备中包括16个HARQ进程。请参见图8,在t1时刻,网络设备可以先向终端设备发送第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于将终端设备中的16个HARQ进程配置为两个HARQ进程集合,该两个HARQ进程集合分别为HARQ进程集合1和HARQ进程集合2,HARQ进程集合1中包括HARQ进程0至HARQ进程11,HARQ进程集合2中包括HARQ进程12至HARQ进程15。第一指示信息还用于将HARQ进程集合2配置为非使能态HARQ进程。FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of the HARQ feedback state of a HARQ process provided by an embodiment of the application. Assume that the terminal device includes 16 HARQ processes. Referring to Figure 8, at time t1, the network device may first send first indication information to the terminal device. The first indication information is used to configure the 16 HARQ processes in the terminal device as a set of two HARQ processes, and the two HARQ processes The sets are HARQ process set 1 and HARQ process set 2, respectively, HARQ process set 1 includes HARQ process 0 to HARQ process 11, and HARQ process set 2 includes HARQ process 12 to HARQ process 15. The first indication information is also used to configure the HARQ process set 2 as a non-enabled HARQ process.
在t2时刻,网络设备还向终端设备发送第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于在第一时段内(时刻t3至时刻t4)激活HARQ进程集合2或用于激活HARQ进程集合2中的非使能态。例如,第一时段可以是根据激活或去激活信令(或者说第二指示信息)确定的,也可以是根据预设或配置的时长参数以及第二指示信息确定的。若HARQ进程集合2中的HARQ进程为下行HARQ进程,在终端设备接收到第二指示信息以后,在第一时段内,终端设备不对HARQ进程集合2中的HARQ进程进行反馈,在其它时段,终端设备对HARQ进程集合2中的HARQ进程进行反馈。例如,假设在第一时段内,若终端设备接收到网络设备发送的PDSCH 0(对应HARQ进程13)对应的下行数据,则终端设备不反馈HARQ进程13中的TB对应的HARQ-ACK信息,若终端设备接收到网络设备发送的PDSCH 1(对应HARQ进程5)对应的下行数据,则终端设备反馈HARQ进程5中的TB对应的HARQ-ACK信息。At time t2, the network device also sends second indication information to the terminal device. The second indication information is used to activate the HARQ process set 2 or to activate the HARQ process set 2 in the first time period (from time t3 to time t4). Enable state. For example, the first time period may be determined according to activation or deactivation signaling (or second indication information), or may be determined according to preset or configured duration parameters and second indication information. If the HARQ process in HARQ process set 2 is a downlink HARQ process, after the terminal device receives the second indication information, in the first period, the terminal device does not feedback the HARQ process in HARQ process set 2. In other periods, the terminal The device feeds back the HARQ process in the HARQ process set 2. For example, suppose that in the first time period, if the terminal device receives the downlink data corresponding to PDSCH 0 (corresponding to HARQ process 13) sent by the network device, the terminal device does not feed back the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the TB in the HARQ process 13. The terminal device receives the downlink data corresponding to the PDSCH 1 (corresponding to HARQ process 5) sent by the network device, and the terminal device feeds back the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the TB in the HARQ process 5.
方式2、指示信息包括第一指示信息和第三指示信息。Manner 2: The indication information includes first indication information and third indication information.
在该种方式中,网络设备可以先向终端设备发送第一指示信息,该第一指示信息可以配置终端设备中的非使能态HARQ进程和/或使能态HARQ进程。在终端设备接收到第一指示信息之后,终端设备中的非使能态HARQ进程并未被激活。网络设备还向终端设备发送第三指示信息,第三指示信息用于动态指示第一HARQ进程为非使能态或者使能态。其中,第三指示信息动态指示的非使能态HARQ进程属于第一指示信息配置的非使能态HARQ进程。当然,网络设备也可以同时向终端设备发送第一指示信息和第三指示信息,本申请对此并不限定。In this manner, the network device may first send the first indication information to the terminal device, and the first indication information may configure the non-enabled HARQ process and/or the enabled HARQ process in the terminal device. After the terminal device receives the first indication information, the non-enabled HARQ process in the terminal device is not activated. The network device also sends third indication information to the terminal device, where the third indication information is used to dynamically indicate that the first HARQ process is in the disabled state or in the enabled state. Wherein, the non-enabled HARQ process dynamically indicated by the third indication information belongs to the non-enabled HARQ process configured by the first indication information. Of course, the network device may also send the first instruction information and the third instruction information to the terminal device at the same time, which is not limited in this application.
下面,结合图9,通过具体示例,对该种方式进行说明。Hereinafter, this method will be described with reference to FIG. 9 through a specific example.
图9为本申请实施例提供的另一种HARQ进程的HARQ反馈状态示意图。假设终端设备中包括16个HARQ进程。请参见图9,在t1时刻,网络设备可以先向终端设备发送第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于将终端设备中的16个HARQ进程配置为两个HARQ进程集合,该两个HARQ进程集合分别为HARQ进程集合1和HARQ进程集合2,HARQ进程集合1中包括HARQ进程0至HARQ进程11,HARQ进程集合2中包括HARQ进程12至HARQ进程15。第一指示信息还用于将HARQ进程集合2配置为非使能态HARQ进程。FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of the HARQ feedback state of another HARQ process provided by an embodiment of the application. Assume that the terminal device includes 16 HARQ processes. Referring to Figure 9, at time t1, the network device may first send first indication information to the terminal device. The first indication information is used to configure the 16 HARQ processes in the terminal device as a set of two HARQ processes, and the two HARQ processes The sets are HARQ process set 1 and HARQ process set 2, respectively, HARQ process set 1 includes HARQ process 0 to HARQ process 11, and HARQ process set 2 includes HARQ process 12 to HARQ process 15. The first indication information is also used to configure the HARQ process set 2 as a non-enabled HARQ process.
在t2时刻,假设终端设备收到第三指示信息,例如,第三指示信息为DCI,DCI用于调度PDSCH,且该PDSCH对应的HARQ进程属于HARQ进程集合2。假设HARQ进程集合2中的HARQ进程为下行HARQ进程,例如,当DCI调度的PDSCH为PDSCH 0,PDSCH 0对应HARQ进程12,且DCI中的PDSCH到HARQ的反馈时间指示域指示(下文简称K1指示或者K1)为无效值(无效值指示终端设备不反馈对应的HARQ进程)时,则终端设备不需要对该HARQ进程12中的TB对应的HARQ-ACK信息进行反馈。又例如,当DCI调度的PDSCH为PDSCH 0,PDSCH对应HARQ进程13,且DCI中的K1指示为有效值时,则终端设备对该HARQ进程13中的TB对应的HARQ-ACK信息进行反馈。At time t2, it is assumed that the terminal device receives the third indication information, for example, the third indication information is DCI, the DCI is used to schedule the PDSCH, and the HARQ process corresponding to the PDSCH belongs to HARQ process set 2. Assume that the HARQ process in HARQ process set 2 is a downlink HARQ process. For example, when the PDSCH scheduled by DCI is PDSCH 0, PDSCH 0 corresponds to HARQ process 12, and the feedback time indicator field from PDSCH to HARQ in DCI (hereinafter referred to as K1 indicator) Or when K1) is an invalid value (the invalid value indicates that the terminal device does not feed back the corresponding HARQ process), the terminal device does not need to feed back the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the TB in the HARQ process 12. For another example, when the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI is PDSCH 0, the PDSCH corresponds to the HARQ process 13, and the K1 indication in the DCI is a valid value, the terminal device feeds back the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the TB in the HARQ process 13.
方式3、指示信息包括第一指示信息、第二指示信息和第三指示信息。Manner 3: The indication information includes first indication information, second indication information, and third indication information.
在该种方式中,网络设备可以先向终端设备发送第一指示信息,该第一指示信息可以配置终端设备中的非使能态HARQ进程和/或使能态HARQ进程。在终端设备接收到第一指示信息之后,终端设备中的非使能态HARQ进程并未被激活。网络设备还向终端设备发送第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于激活或者去激活第一指示信息配置的非使能态HARQ进程。网络设备还向终端设备发送第三指示信息,第三指示信息用于动态指示第一HARQ进程为非使能态或者使能态。其中,第三指示信息动态指示的非使能态HARQ进程属于第一指示信息配置的非使能态HARQ进程、以及第二指示信息激活的非使能态HARQ进程。当然,网络设备也可以同时向终端设备发送第一指示信息、第二指示信息和第三指示信息,本申请对此并不限定。In this manner, the network device may first send the first indication information to the terminal device, and the first indication information may configure the non-enabled HARQ process and/or the enabled HARQ process in the terminal device. After the terminal device receives the first indication information, the non-enabled HARQ process in the terminal device is not activated. The network device also sends second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information is used to activate or deactivate the non-enabled HARQ process configured by the first indication information. The network device also sends third indication information to the terminal device, where the third indication information is used to dynamically indicate that the first HARQ process is in the disabled state or in the enabled state. The non-enabled HARQ process dynamically indicated by the third indication information belongs to the non-enabled HARQ process configured by the first indication information and the non-enabled HARQ process activated by the second indication information. Of course, the network device may also send the first instruction information, the second instruction information, and the third instruction information to the terminal device at the same time, which is not limited in this application.
下面,结合图10,通过具体示例,对该种方式进行说明。In the following, this method will be described with reference to FIG. 10 through a specific example.
图10为本申请实施例提供的又一种HARQ进程的HARQ反馈状态示意图。假设终端设备中包括16个HARQ进程。请参见图10,在t1时刻,网络设备可以先向终端设备发送第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于将终端设备中的16个HARQ进程配置为两个HARQ进程集合,该两个HARQ进程集合分别为HARQ进程集合1和HARQ进程集合2,HARQ进程集合1中包括HARQ进程0至HARQ进程11,HARQ进程集合2中包括HARQ进程12至HARQ进程15。第一指示信息还用于将HARQ进程集合2配置为非使能态HARQ进程。FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of the HARQ feedback state of another HARQ process provided by an embodiment of the application. Assume that the terminal device includes 16 HARQ processes. Referring to FIG. 10, at time t1, the network device may first send first indication information to the terminal device. The first indication information is used to configure the 16 HARQ processes in the terminal device as a set of two HARQ processes, and the two HARQ processes The sets are HARQ process set 1 and HARQ process set 2, respectively, HARQ process set 1 includes HARQ process 0 to HARQ process 11, and HARQ process set 2 includes HARQ process 12 to HARQ process 15. The first indication information is also used to configure the HARQ process set 2 as a non-enabled HARQ process.
在t2时刻,网络设备还向终端设备发送第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于在第一时段内(时刻t3至时刻t4)激活HARQ进程集合2的非使能态。其中,第一时段可以是根据激活或去激活信令(或者说第二指示信息)确定的,也可以是根据预设或配置的时长参数以及第二指示信息确定的。At time t2, the network device also sends second indication information to the terminal device. The second indication information is used to activate the disabled state of the HARQ process set 2 in the first time period (time t3 to time t4). The first time period may be determined according to activation or deactivation signaling (or second indication information), or may be determined according to preset or configured duration parameters and second indication information.
在第一时段内,假设终端设备收到第三指示信息,例如,第三指示信息为DCI,DCI用于调度PDSCH,且该PDSCH对应的HARQ进程属于HARQ进程集合2。假设HARQ进程集合2中的HARQ进程为下行HARQ进程,例如,当DCI调度的PDSCH为PDSCH 0,PDSCH 0对应HARQ进程12,且DCI中的PDSCH到HARQ的反馈时间指示域指示(下文简称K1指示或者K1)为无效值(无效值指示终端设备不反馈对应的HARQ进程)时,则终端设备不需要对该HARQ进程12中的TB对应的HARQ-ACK信息进行反馈。例如,当DCI调度的PDSCH为PDSCH 0,PDSCH对应HARQ进程13,且DCI中的K1指示为有效值时,则终端设备对该HARQ进程13中的TB对应的HARQ-ACK信息进行反馈。In the first time period, it is assumed that the terminal device receives the third indication information, for example, the third indication information is DCI, the DCI is used to schedule the PDSCH, and the HARQ process corresponding to the PDSCH belongs to HARQ process set 2. Assume that the HARQ process in HARQ process set 2 is a downlink HARQ process. For example, when the PDSCH scheduled by DCI is PDSCH 0, PDSCH 0 corresponds to HARQ process 12, and the feedback time indicator field from PDSCH to HARQ in DCI (hereinafter referred to as K1 indicator) Or when K1) is an invalid value (the invalid value indicates that the terminal device does not feed back the corresponding HARQ process), the terminal device does not need to feed back the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the TB in the HARQ process 12. For example, when the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI is PDSCH 0, the PDSCH corresponds to the HARQ process 13, and the K1 indication in the DCI is a valid value, the terminal device feeds back the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the TB in the HARQ process 13.
方式4、指示信息包括第二指示信息和第三指示信息。Manner 4: The indication information includes second indication information and third indication information.
在该种方式中,网络设备可以先向终端设备发送第二指示信息,第二指示信息可以激活终端设备中的非使能态HARQ进程,终端设备中的非使能态HARQ进程可以为网络设备预先为终端设备配置的,或者终端设备预先配置的,或者协议约定,或者第二指示信息指示的。网络设备还可以向终端设备发送第三指示信息,第三指示信息用于动态指示第一HARQ进程为非使能态或者使能态。其中,第三指示信息动态指示的非使能态HARQ进程属于第二指示信息激活的非使能态HARQ进程。当然,网络设备也可以同时向终端设备发送第二指示信息和第三指示信息,本申请对此并不限定。In this manner, the network device can first send the second indication information to the terminal device, and the second indication information can activate the non-enabled HARQ process in the terminal device, and the non-enabled HARQ process in the terminal device can be the network device Pre-configured for the terminal device, or pre-configured by the terminal device, or agreed upon by the protocol, or indicated by the second instruction information. The network device may also send third indication information to the terminal device, where the third indication information is used to dynamically indicate that the first HARQ process is in the disabled state or in the enabled state. The non-enabled HARQ process dynamically indicated by the third indication information belongs to the non-enabled HARQ process activated by the second indication information. Of course, the network device may also send the second instruction information and the third instruction information to the terminal device at the same time, which is not limited in this application.
下面,结合图11,通过具体示例,对该种方式进行说明。In the following, this method will be described with reference to FIG. 11 through a specific example.
图11为本申请实施例提供的再一种HARQ进程的HARQ反馈状态示意图。假设终端设备中包括16个HARQ进程。在t1时刻,网络设备向终端设备发送第二指示信息,第二指示信息指示HARQ进程0至HARQ进程11为反馈使能HARQ进程,HARQ进程12至HARQ进程15为非使能态HARQ进程,且第二指示信息还指示在第一时段(时刻t2至时刻t3)内激活HARQ进程12至HARQ进程15的非使能态。其中,第一时段可以是根据激活或去激活信令(或者说第二指示信息)确定的,也可以是根据预设或配置的时长参数以及第二指示信息确定的。FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of the HARQ feedback state of another HARQ process provided by an embodiment of the application. Assume that the terminal device includes 16 HARQ processes. At time t1, the network device sends second indication information to the terminal device. The second indication information indicates that HARQ process 0 to HARQ process 11 are feedback-enabled HARQ processes, and HARQ process 12 to HARQ process 15 are non-enabled HARQ processes, and The second indication information also indicates that the HARQ process 12 to the HARQ process 15 are activated in the disabled state in the first time period (time t2 to time t3). The first time period may be determined according to activation or deactivation signaling (or second indication information), or may be determined according to preset or configured duration parameters and second indication information.
在第一时段内,假设终端设备收到第三指示信息,例如,第三指示信息为DCI,DCI用于调度PDSCH,且该PDSCH对应的HARQ进程属于HARQ进程集合2。假设HARQ进程集合2中的HARQ进程为下行HARQ进程,例如,当DCI调度的PDSCH为PDSCH 0,PDSCH 0对应HARQ进程12,且DCI中的PDSCH到HARQ的反馈时间指示域指示(下文简称K1指示或者K1)为无效值(无效值指示终端设备不反馈对应的HARQ进程)时,则终端设备不需要对该HARQ进程12中的TB对应的HARQ-ACK信息进行反馈。例如,当DCI调度的PDSCH为PDSCH 0,PDSCH对应HARQ进程13,且DCI中的K1指示为有效值时,则终端设备对该HARQ进程13中的TB对应的HARQ-ACK信息进行反馈。In the first time period, it is assumed that the terminal device receives the third indication information, for example, the third indication information is DCI, the DCI is used to schedule the PDSCH, and the HARQ process corresponding to the PDSCH belongs to HARQ process set 2. Assume that the HARQ process in HARQ process set 2 is a downlink HARQ process. For example, when the PDSCH scheduled by DCI is PDSCH 0, PDSCH 0 corresponds to HARQ process 12, and the feedback time indicator field from PDSCH to HARQ in DCI (hereinafter referred to as K1 indicator) Or when K1) is an invalid value (the invalid value indicates that the terminal device does not feed back the corresponding HARQ process), the terminal device does not need to feed back the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the TB in the HARQ process 12. For example, when the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI is PDSCH 0, the PDSCH corresponds to the HARQ process 13, and the K1 indication in the DCI is a valid value, the terminal device feeds back the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the TB in the HARQ process 13.
图12为本申请实施例提供的一种HARQ进程的状态确定装置的结构示意图。HARQ进程的状态确定装置10可以应用于终端设备。请参见图12,该HARQ进程的状态确定装置10可以包括接收模块11和处理模块12,其中,FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for determining the state of a HARQ process according to an embodiment of the application. The apparatus 10 for determining the state of the HARQ process can be applied to a terminal device. Referring to FIG. 12, the device 10 for determining the state of the HARQ process may include a receiving module 11 and a processing module 12, where:
所述接收模块11用于,接收网络设备发送的指示信息,所述指示信息用于确定第一混合自动重传请求HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态,所述HARQ反馈功能状态包括非使能态或使能态;The receiving module 11 is configured to receive indication information sent by a network device, where the indication information is used to determine the HARQ feedback function status of the first hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ process, and the HARQ feedback function status includes the disabled state or Enable state
所述处理模块12用于,根据所述指示信息,确定所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态。The processing module 12 is configured to determine the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process according to the indication information.
本申请实施例提供的HARQ进程确定装置可以执行上述方法实施例所示的技术方案,其实现原理以及有益效果类似,此处不再进行赘述。The HARQ process determination apparatus provided in the embodiment of the present application can execute the technical solutions shown in the foregoing method embodiments, and the implementation principles and beneficial effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
图13为本申请实施例提供的另一种HARQ进程的状态确定装置的结构示意图。在图12所示实施例的基础上,请参见图13,HARQ进程的状态确定装置10还包括发送模块13,其中,所述第一HARQ进程包括下行HARQ进程时,FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of another HARQ process state determining apparatus provided by an embodiment of this application. On the basis of the embodiment shown in FIG. 12, referring to FIG. 13, the HARQ process state determining apparatus 10 further includes a sending module 13, wherein, when the first HARQ process includes a downlink HARQ process,
若所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态为非使能态,所述发送模块13不向所述网络设备发送所述第一HARQ进程中传输的第一物理信道对应的混合自动重传请求应答HARQ-ACK信息;或,If the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process is in the disabled state, the sending module 13 does not send the hybrid automatic repeat request corresponding to the first physical channel transmitted in the first HARQ process to the network device Respond to HARQ-ACK information; or,
若所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态为使能态,所述发送模块13向所述网络设备发送所述第一HARQ进程中传输的所述第一物理信道对应的HARQ-ACK信息。If the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process is enabled, the sending module 13 sends the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the first physical channel transmitted in the first HARQ process to the network device.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一HARQ进程包括上行HARQ进程;In a possible implementation manner, the first HARQ process includes an uplink HARQ process;
若所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态为非使能态,所述处理模块不等待所述网络设备对所述第一HARQ进程中传输的第一物理信道的反馈;或,If the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process is in the disabled state, the processing module does not wait for the network device to provide feedback on the first physical channel transmitted in the first HARQ process; or,
若所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态为使能态,所述处理模块等待所述网络设备对所述第一HARQ进程中传输的所述第一物理信道的反馈。If the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process is the enabled state, the processing module waits for the feedback of the network device on the first physical channel transmitted in the first HARQ process.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一HARQ进程包括下行HARQ进程;In a possible implementation manner, the first HARQ process includes a downlink HARQ process;
若所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态为非使能态,所述发送模块不向所述网络设备发送第一物理信道的HARQ-ACK信息,所述第一物理信道包括以下情况中的至少一种:If the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process is in the disabled state, the sending module does not send HARQ-ACK information of the first physical channel to the network device, and the first physical channel includes the following situations At least one:
所述第一物理信道是第一DCI调度的物理下行共享信道PDSCH,所述第一DCI是下行授权,所述第一物理信道通过所述第一HARQ进程传输;The first physical channel is a physical downlink shared channel PDSCH scheduled by a first DCI, the first DCI is a downlink grant, and the first physical channel is transmitted through the first HARQ process;
所述第一物理信道是第二DCI调度的半持续调度SPS PDSCH,所述第二DCI是SPS配置激活信令,所述第一物理信道通过所述第一HARQ进程传输;The first physical channel is a semi-persistent scheduling SPS PDSCH scheduled by a second DCI, the second DCI is SPS configuration activation signaling, and the first physical channel is transmitted through the first HARQ process;
所述第一物理信道是无DCI调度的SPS PDSCH,所述第一物理信道通过所述第一HARQ进程传输;The first physical channel is an SPS PDSCH without DCI scheduling, and the first physical channel is transmitted through the first HARQ process;
所述第一物理信道是用于指示SPS PDSCH释放的PDCCH,所述第一物理信道对应所述第一HARQ进程。The first physical channel is a PDCCH used to indicate SPS PDSCH release, and the first physical channel corresponds to the first HARQ process.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述指示信息包括如下信息中的至少一种:第一指示信息、第二指示信息和第三指示信息;其中,In a possible implementation manner, the indication information includes at least one of the following information: first indication information, second indication information, and third indication information; wherein,
所述第一指示信息用于配置所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态;The first indication information is used to configure the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process;
所述第二指示信息用于激活或去激活所述第一HARQ进程的非使能态;The second indication information is used to activate or deactivate the disabled state of the first HARQ process;
所述第三指示信息用于动态指示所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态。The third indication information is used to dynamically indicate the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一指示信息包括如下信息中的至少一种:In a possible implementation manner, the first indication information includes at least one of the following information:
第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置所述终端设备的HARQ进程集合;First configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to configure the HARQ process set of the terminal device;
第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于配置所述终端设备的HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态;Second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to configure the HARQ feedback function status of the HARQ process of the terminal device;
第三配置信息,所述第三配置信息用于配置所述终端设备的HARQ进程集合的HARQ反馈功能状态;Third configuration information, where the third configuration information is used to configure the HARQ feedback function state of the HARQ process set of the terminal device;
所述第一HARQ进程的标识;The identifier of the first HARQ process;
所述第一HARQ进程所在的HARQ进程集合的标识;The identifier of the HARQ process set where the first HARQ process is located;
第一参数信息,所述第一参数信息用于指示至少一个HARQ进程的反馈功能状态,所述至少一个HARQ进程包括所述第一HARQ进程;First parameter information, where the first parameter information is used to indicate a feedback function status of at least one HARQ process, and the at least one HARQ process includes the first HARQ process;
第一时间信息,所述第一时间信息用于指示至少一个HARQ进程的配置生效时间,所述至少一个HARQ进程包括所述第一HARQ进程。First time information, where the first time information is used to indicate a configuration effective time of at least one HARQ process, and the at least one HARQ process includes the first HARQ process.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一指示信息包括无线资源控制RRC信令。In a possible implementation manner, the first indication information includes radio resource control RRC signaling.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第二指示信息包括如下信息中的至少一种:In a possible implementation manner, the second indication information includes at least one of the following information:
所述第一HARQ进程的标识;The identifier of the first HARQ process;
所述第一HARQ进程所在的HARQ进程集合的标识;The identifier of the HARQ process set where the first HARQ process is located;
第二参数信息,所述第二参数信息用于指示对至少一个HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态进行激活或者去激活,所述至少一个HARQ进程包括所述第一HARQ进程;Second parameter information, where the second parameter information is used to indicate the activation or deactivation of the HARQ feedback function status of at least one HARQ process, and the at least one HARQ process includes the first HARQ process;
第二时间信息,所述第二时间信息用于指示至少一个HARQ进程的激活生效时间,所述至少一个HARQ进程包括所述第一HARQ进程。The second time information, where the second time information is used to indicate the activation time of at least one HARQ process, and the at least one HARQ process includes the first HARQ process.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第二指示信息包括下行控制信息DCI;或,RRC信令;或,媒质接入控制MAC控制单元CE。In a possible implementation manner, the second indication information includes downlink control information DCI; or, RRC signaling; or, a medium access control MAC control unit CE.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第二参数信息为所述第二指示信息中第一信息域中的信息;In a possible implementation manner, the second parameter information is information in a first information field in the second indication information;
若所述第一信息域中的信息为第一预设信息,所述第一HARQ进程为激活的非使能态HARQ进程;或,If the information in the first information field is the first preset information, the first HARQ process is an activated non-enabled HARQ process; or,
若所述第一信息域中的信息为第二预设信息,所述第一HARQ进程为去激活的非使能态HARQ进程。If the information in the first information field is second preset information, the first HARQ process is a deactivated non-enabled HARQ process.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第二指示信息为DCI,所述第一信息域为所述DCI中的冗余版本信息域;或,所述第一信息域为所述DCI中的独立信息域。In a possible implementation manner, the second indication information is DCI, and the first information field is the redundancy version information field in the DCI; or, the first information field is the information field in the DCI. Independent information domain.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第二参数信息为所述第二指示信息中至少两个信息域中的信息的组合;In a possible implementation manner, the second parameter information is a combination of information in at least two information fields in the second indication information;
若所述至少两个信息域中的信息的组合为第一信息组合,所述第一HARQ进程为激活HARQ反馈功能状态为非使能态的HARQ进程;或,If the combination of the information in the at least two information fields is the first combination of information, the first HARQ process is the HARQ process in which the HARQ feedback function is activated and the state is disabled; or,
若所述至少两个信息域中的信息的组合为第二信息组合,所述第一HARQ进程为去激活HARQ反馈功能状态为非使能态的HARQ进程。If the combination of the information in the at least two information fields is the second combination of information, the first HARQ process is the HARQ process with the HARQ feedback function deactivated in the disabled state.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第二指示信息为DCI,所述至少两个信息域包括以下至少两个:所述DCI中的冗余版本信息域、调制与编码方式信息域、频域资源分配信息域。In a possible implementation manner, the second indication information is DCI, and the at least two information fields include at least two of the following: a redundancy version information field, a modulation and coding mode information field, and a frequency domain in the DCI. Domain resource allocation information domain.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第三指示信息包括如下信息中的至少一种:In a possible implementation manner, the third indication information includes at least one of the following information:
所述第一HARQ进程的标识;The identifier of the first HARQ process;
第三参数信息,所述第三参数信息用于指示所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态。Third parameter information, where the third parameter information is used to indicate the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第三指示信息包括DCI。In a possible implementation manner, the third indication information includes DCI.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第三参数信息为所述第三指示信息中的第二信息域中的信息;In a possible implementation manner, the third parameter information is information in a second information field in the third indication information;
若所述第二信息域中的信息为第三预设信息,所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态为使能态;或,If the information in the second information field is the third preset information, the HARQ feedback function state of the first HARQ process is the enabled state; or,
若所述第二信息域中的信息为第四预设信息,所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态为非使能在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第二信息域为物理下行共享信道PDSCH到HARQ的反馈时间指示域;或,所述第二信息域为独立信息域。If the information in the second information field is fourth preset information, the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process is disabled. In a possible implementation manner, the second information field is physical downlink Shared channel PDSCH to HARQ feedback time indication field; or, the second information field is an independent information field.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述指示信息包括所述第一指示信息、所述第二指示信息和所述第三指示信息中的至少两种信息时,所述终端设备接收所述至少两种信息的顺序为:In a possible implementation manner, when the indication information includes at least two of the first indication information, the second indication information, and the third indication information, the terminal device receives the at least The order of the two types of information is:
所述第一指示信息、所述第二指示信息、所述第三指示信息。The first indication information, the second indication information, and the third indication information.
本申请实施例提供的HARQ进程确定装置可以执行上述方法实施例所示的技术方案,其实现原理以及有益效果类似,此处不再进行赘述。The HARQ process determination apparatus provided in the embodiment of the present application can execute the technical solutions shown in the foregoing method embodiments, and the implementation principles and beneficial effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
图14为本申请实施例提供的又一种HARQ进程的状态确定装置的结构示意图。HARQ进程的状态确定装置20可以应用于网络设备。请参见图14,该HARQ进程的状态确定装置20可以包括处理模块21和发送模块22,其中,FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of another HARQ process state determining apparatus provided by an embodiment of the application. The apparatus 20 for determining the state of the HARQ process can be applied to a network device. Referring to FIG. 14, the device 20 for determining the state of the HARQ process may include a processing module 21 and a sending module 22, where:
所述处理模块21用于,生成指示信息,所述指示信息用于确定第一混合自动重传请求HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态,所述HARQ反馈功能状态包括非使能态或使能态;The processing module 21 is configured to generate indication information, where the indication information is used to determine the HARQ feedback function state of the first hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ process, and the HARQ feedback function state includes a disabled state or an enabled state;
所述发送模块22用于,向所述终端设备发送所述指示信息,所述指示信息用于所述终端设备确定所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态。The sending module 22 is configured to send the indication information to the terminal device, where the indication information is used by the terminal device to determine the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process.
本申请实施例提供的HARQ进程确定装置可以执行上述方法实施例所示的技术方案,其实现原理以及有益效果类似,此处不再进行赘述。The HARQ process determination apparatus provided in the embodiment of the present application can execute the technical solutions shown in the foregoing method embodiments, and the implementation principles and beneficial effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
图15为本申请实施例提供的再一种HARQ进程的状态确定装置的结构示意图。在图14所示实施例的基础上,请参见图15,HARQ进程的状态确定装置20还包括接收模块23,所述第一HARQ进程包括下行HARQ进程;FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of still another HARQ process state determining apparatus provided by an embodiment of this application. Based on the embodiment shown in FIG. 14, referring to FIG. 15, the HARQ process state determining apparatus 20 further includes a receiving module 23, and the first HARQ process includes a downlink HARQ process;
若所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态为非使能态,所述接收模块23不接收所述第一HARQ进程中传输的第一物理信道对应的混合自动重传请求应答HARQ-ACK信息;或,If the HARQ feedback function state of the first HARQ process is in the disabled state, the receiving module 23 does not receive the hybrid automatic repeat request response HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the first physical channel transmitted in the first HARQ process ;or,
若所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态为使能态,所述接收模块23接收所述第一HARQ进程中传输的所述第一物理信道对应的HARQ-ACK信息。If the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process is the enabled state, the receiving module 23 receives the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the first physical channel transmitted in the first HARQ process.
在一种可能的实施方式中,若所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态为非使能态,所述发送模块22在第一时域资源使用所述第一HARQ进程传输第一物理信道后,在第二时域资源使用所述第一HARQ进程传输第二物理信道;或,In a possible implementation manner, if the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process is in the disabled state, the sending module 22 uses the first HARQ process to transmit the first physical channel in the first time domain resource. Then, use the first HARQ process to transmit the second physical channel in the second time domain resource; or,
若所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态为使能态,所述发送模块22在第一时域资源使用所述第一HARQ进程传输所述第一物理信道后,不在第二时域资源使用所述第一HARQ进程传输第二物理信道,其中,所述第一时域资源和所述第二时域资源之间的间隔小于第一时间长度。If the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process is enabled, the sending module 22 is not in the second time domain resource after the first time domain resource uses the first HARQ process to transmit the first physical channel The first HARQ process is used to transmit a second physical channel, wherein the interval between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource is less than a first time length.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一HARQ进程包括下行HARQ进程;In a possible implementation manner, the first HARQ process includes a downlink HARQ process;
若所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态为非使能态,所述接收模块23不接收所述终端设备发送的物理信道的HARQ-ACK信息,所述第一物理信道包括以下情况中的至少一种:If the HARQ feedback function state of the first HARQ process is in the disabled state, the receiving module 23 does not receive the HARQ-ACK information of the physical channel sent by the terminal device, and the first physical channel includes the following situations At least one:
所述第一物理信道是第一DCI调度的物理下行共享信道PDSCH,所述第一DCI是下行授权,所述第一物理信道通过所述第一HARQ进程传输;The first physical channel is a physical downlink shared channel PDSCH scheduled by a first DCI, the first DCI is a downlink grant, and the first physical channel is transmitted through the first HARQ process;
所述第一物理信道是第二DCI调度的半持续调度SPS PDSCH,所述第二DCI是SPS配置激活信令,所述第一物理信道通过所述第一HARQ进程传输;The first physical channel is a semi-persistent scheduling SPS PDSCH scheduled by a second DCI, the second DCI is SPS configuration activation signaling, and the first physical channel is transmitted through the first HARQ process;
所述第一物理信道是无DCI调度的SPS PDSCH,所述第一物理信道通过所述第一HARQ进程传输;The first physical channel is an SPS PDSCH without DCI scheduling, and the first physical channel is transmitted through the first HARQ process;
所述第一物理信道是用于指示SPS PDSCH释放的PDCCH,所述第一物理信道对应所述第一HARQ进程。The first physical channel is a PDCCH used to indicate SPS PDSCH release, and the first physical channel corresponds to the first HARQ process.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述指示信息包括如下信息中的至少一种:第一指示信息、第二指示信息和第三指示信息;其中,In a possible implementation manner, the indication information includes at least one of the following information: first indication information, second indication information, and third indication information; wherein,
所述第一指示信息用于配置所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态;The first indication information is used to configure the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process;
所述第二指示信息用于激活或去激活所述第一HARQ进程的非使能态;The second indication information is used to activate or deactivate the disabled state of the first HARQ process;
所述第三指示信息用于动态指示所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态。The third indication information is used to dynamically indicate the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一指示信息包括如下信息中的至少一种:In a possible implementation manner, the first indication information includes at least one of the following information:
第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置所述终端设备的HARQ进程集合;First configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to configure the HARQ process set of the terminal device;
第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于配置所述终端设备的HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态;Second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to configure the HARQ feedback function status of the HARQ process of the terminal device;
第三配置信息,所述第三配置信息用于配置所述终端设备的HARQ进程集合的HARQ反馈功能状态;Third configuration information, where the third configuration information is used to configure the HARQ feedback function state of the HARQ process set of the terminal device;
所述第一HARQ进程的标识;The identifier of the first HARQ process;
所述第一HARQ进程所在的HARQ进程集合的标识;The identifier of the HARQ process set where the first HARQ process is located;
第一参数信息,所述第一参数信息用于指示至少一个HARQ进程的反馈功能状态,所述至少一个HARQ进程包括所述第一HARQ进程;First parameter information, where the first parameter information is used to indicate a feedback function status of at least one HARQ process, and the at least one HARQ process includes the first HARQ process;
第一时间信息,所述第一时间信息用于指示至少一个HARQ进程的配置生效时间,所述至少一个HARQ进程包括所述第一HARQ进程。First time information, where the first time information is used to indicate a configuration effective time of at least one HARQ process, and the at least one HARQ process includes the first HARQ process.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第一指示信息包括无线资源控制RRC信令。In a possible implementation manner, the first indication information includes radio resource control RRC signaling.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第二指示信息包括如下信息中的至少一种:In a possible implementation manner, the second indication information includes at least one of the following information:
所述第一HARQ进程的标识;The identifier of the first HARQ process;
所述第一HARQ进程所在的HARQ进程集合的标识;The identifier of the HARQ process set where the first HARQ process is located;
第二参数信息,所述第二参数信息用于指示对至少一个HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态进行激活或者去激活,所述至少一个HARQ进程包括所述第一HARQ进程;Second parameter information, where the second parameter information is used to indicate the activation or deactivation of the HARQ feedback function status of at least one HARQ process, the at least one HARQ process including the first HARQ process;
第二时间信息,所述第二时间信息用于指示至少一个HARQ进程的激活生效时间,所述至少一个 HARQ进程包括所述第一HARQ进程。Second time information, where the second time information is used to indicate the activation time of at least one HARQ process, and the at least one HARQ process includes the first HARQ process.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第二指示信息包括下行控制信息DCI;或,RRC信令;或,媒质接入控制MAC控制单元CE。In a possible implementation manner, the second indication information includes downlink control information DCI; or, RRC signaling; or, a medium access control MAC control unit CE.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第二参数信息为所述第二指示信息中第一信息域中的信息;In a possible implementation manner, the second parameter information is information in a first information field in the second indication information;
若所述第一信息域中的信息为第一预设信息,所述第一HARQ进程为激活的非使能态HARQ进程;或,If the information in the first information field is the first preset information, the first HARQ process is an activated non-enabled HARQ process; or,
若所述第一信息域中的信息为第二预设信息,所述第一HARQ进程为去激活的非使能态HARQ进程。If the information in the first information field is second preset information, the first HARQ process is a deactivated non-enabled HARQ process.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第二指示信息为DCI,所述第一信息域为所述DCI中的冗余版本信息域;或,所述第一信息域为所述DCI中的独立信息域。In a possible implementation manner, the second indication information is DCI, and the first information field is the redundancy version information field in the DCI; or, the first information field is the information field in the DCI. Independent information domain.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第二参数信息为所述第二指示信息中至少两个信息域中的信息的组合;In a possible implementation manner, the second parameter information is a combination of information in at least two information fields in the second indication information;
若所述至少两个信息域中的信息的组合为第一信息组合,所述第一HARQ进程为激活HARQ反馈功能状态为非使能态的HARQ进程;或,If the combination of the information in the at least two information fields is the first combination of information, the first HARQ process is the HARQ process in which the HARQ feedback function is activated and the state is disabled; or,
若所述至少两个信息域中的信息的组合为第二信息组合,所述第一HARQ进程为去激活HARQ反馈功能状态为非使能态的HARQ进程。If the combination of the information in the at least two information fields is the second combination of information, the first HARQ process is the HARQ process with the HARQ feedback function deactivated in the disabled state.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第二指示信息为DCI,所述至少两个信息域包括以下至少两个:所述DCI中的冗余版本信息域、调制与编码方式信息域、频域资源分配信息域。In a possible implementation manner, the second indication information is DCI, and the at least two information fields include at least two of the following: a redundancy version information field, a modulation and coding mode information field, and a frequency domain in the DCI. Domain resource allocation information domain.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第三指示信息包括如下信息中的至少一种:In a possible implementation manner, the third indication information includes at least one of the following information:
所述第一HARQ进程的标识;The identifier of the first HARQ process;
第三参数信息,所述第三参数信息用于指示所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态。Third parameter information, where the third parameter information is used to indicate the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第三指示信息包括DCI。In a possible implementation manner, the third indication information includes DCI.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第三参数信息为所述第三指示信息中的第二信息域中的信息;In a possible implementation manner, the third parameter information is information in a second information field in the third indication information;
若所述第二信息域中的信息为第三预设信息,所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态为使能态;或,If the information in the second information field is the third preset information, the HARQ feedback function state of the first HARQ process is the enabled state; or,
若所述第二信息域中的信息为第四预设信息,所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态为非使能态。If the information in the second information field is fourth preset information, the HARQ feedback function state of the first HARQ process is in a disabled state.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述第二信息域为物理下行共享信道PDSCH到HARQ的反馈时间指示域;或,所述第二信息域为独立信息域。In a possible implementation manner, the second information field is a physical downlink shared channel PDSCH to HARQ feedback time indication field; or, the second information field is an independent information field.
在一种可能的实施方式中,所述指示信息包括所述第一指示信息、所述第二指示信息和所述第三指示信息中的至少两种信息时,所述终端设备接收所述至少两种信息的顺序为:In a possible implementation manner, when the indication information includes at least two of the first indication information, the second indication information, and the third indication information, the terminal device receives the at least The order of the two types of information is:
所述第一指示信息、所述第二指示信息、所述第三指示信息。The first indication information, the second indication information, and the third indication information.
本申请实施例提供的HARQ进程确定装置可以执行上述方法实施例所示的技术方案,其实现原理以及有益效果类似,此处不再进行赘述。The HARQ process determination apparatus provided in the embodiment of the present application can execute the technical solutions shown in the foregoing method embodiments, and the implementation principles and beneficial effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
图16为本申请实施例提供的终端设备的结构示意图。请参见图162,终端设备30可以包括:收发器31、存储器32、处理器33。收发器31可包括:发射器和/或接收器。该发射器还可称为发送器、发射机、发送端口或发送接口等类似描述,接收器还可称为接收器、接收机、接收端口或接收接口等类似描述。示例性地,收发器31、存储器32、处理器33,各部分之间通过总线34相互连接。FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of the application. Referring to FIG. 162, the terminal device 30 may include: a transceiver 31, a memory 32, and a processor 33. The transceiver 31 may include: a transmitter and/or a receiver. The transmitter can also be referred to as a transmitter, a transmitter, a transmitting port, or a transmitting interface, and the receiver can also be referred to as a receiver, a receiver, a receiving port, or a receiving interface, and other similar descriptions. Exemplarily, the transceiver 31, the memory 32, and the processor 33 are connected to each other through a bus 34.
存储器32用于存储程序指令;The memory 32 is used to store program instructions;
处理器33用于执行该存储器所存储的程序指令,用以使得终端设备30执行上述任一所示的HARQ进程的状态确定方法。The processor 33 is configured to execute the program instructions stored in the memory, so as to enable the terminal device 30 to execute any of the above-mentioned methods for determining the state of the HARQ process.
其中,收发器31的接收器,可用于执行上述方法实施例中终端设备的接收功能。收发器31的发送器,可用于执行上述方法实施例中终端设备的发送功能。Among them, the receiver of the transceiver 31 may be used to perform the receiving function of the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiment. The transmitter of the transceiver 31 may be used to perform the sending function of the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiment.
本申请实施例提供的终端设备可以执行上述方法实施例所示的技术方案,其实现原理以及有益效果类似,此处不再进行赘述。The terminal device provided in the embodiment of the present application can execute the technical solution shown in the foregoing method embodiment, and its implementation principles and beneficial effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
图17为本申请实施例提供的网络设备的结构示意图。请参见图17,网络设备40可以包括:收发器41、存储器42、处理器43。收发器41可包括:发射器和/或接收器。该发射器还可称为发送器、发射机、发送端口或发送接口等类似描述,接收器还可称为接收器、接收机、接收端口或接收接口等类似描述。示例性地,收发器41、存储器42、处理器43,各部分之间通过总线44相互连接。FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of the application. Referring to FIG. 17, the network device 40 may include: a transceiver 41, a memory 42, and a processor 43. The transceiver 41 may include: a transmitter and/or a receiver. The transmitter can also be referred to as a transmitter, a transmitter, a transmitting port, or a transmitting interface, and the receiver can also be referred to as a receiver, a receiver, a receiving port, or a receiving interface, and other similar descriptions. Illustratively, the transceiver 41, the memory 42, and the processor 43 are connected to each other through a bus 44.
存储器42用于存储程序指令;The memory 42 is used to store program instructions;
处理器43用于执行该存储器所存储的程序指令,用以使得终端设备30执行上述任一所示的HARQ进程的状态确定方法。The processor 43 is configured to execute the program instructions stored in the memory, so as to enable the terminal device 30 to execute any of the above-mentioned methods for determining the state of the HARQ process.
其中,收发器41的发送器,可用于执行上述HARQ进程的状态确定方法中网络设备的发送功能。Among them, the transmitter of the transceiver 41 may be used to perform the sending function of the network device in the above method for determining the state of the HARQ process.
本申请实施例提供的网络设备可以执行上述方法实施例所示的技术方案,其实现原理以及有益效果类似,此处不再进行赘述。The network device provided in the embodiments of the present application can execute the technical solutions shown in the foregoing method embodiments, and the implementation principles and beneficial effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
本申请实施例提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机执行指令,当所述计算机执行指令被处理器执行时用于实现上述HARQ进程的状态确定方法。其实现原理以及有益效果类似,此处不再进行赘述。An embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium in which computer-executable instructions are stored. When the computer-executable instructions are executed by a processor, they are used to implement the aforementioned HARQ process state determination method. The implementation principle and beneficial effects are similar, and will not be repeated here.
本申请实施例还可提供一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品可以由处理器执行,在计算机程序产品被执行时,可实现上述任一所示的终端设备执行的HARQ进程的状态确定方法。其实现原理以及有益效果类似,此处不再进行赘述。The embodiments of the present application may also provide a computer program product, which can be executed by a processor, and when the computer program product is executed, it can implement the method for determining the state of the HARQ process executed by any of the terminal devices shown above. The implementation principle and beneficial effects are similar, and will not be repeated here.
本申请实施例提供一种芯片上系统或系统芯片,所述芯片上系统或系统芯片可应用于终端设备,所述芯片上系统或系统芯片包括:至少一个通信接口,至少一个处理器,至少一个存储器,所述通信接口、存储器和处理器通过总线互联,所述处理器通过执行所述存储器中存储的指令,使得所述基站 可执行上述HARQ进程的状态确定方法。An embodiment of the present application provides a system on a chip or a system chip, the system on a chip or a system chip may be applied to a terminal device, and the system on a chip or a system chip includes: at least one communication interface, at least one processor, and at least one The memory, the communication interface, the memory, and the processor are interconnected by a bus, and the processor executes the instructions stored in the memory so that the base station can execute the above method for determining the state of the HARQ process.
本申请实施例提供一种芯片上系统或系统芯片,所述芯片上系统或系统芯片可应用于网络设备,所述芯片上系统或系统芯片包括:至少一个通信接口,至少一个处理器,至少一个存储器,所述通信接口、存储器和处理器通过总线互联,所述处理器通过执行所述存储器中存储的指令,使得所述基站可执行上述HARQ进程的状态确定方法。The embodiment of the present application provides a system on a chip or a system chip. The system on a chip or a system chip may be applied to a network device. The system on a chip or the system chip includes: at least one communication interface, at least one processor, and at least one The memory, the communication interface, the memory, and the processor are interconnected by a bus, and the processor executes the instructions stored in the memory so that the base station can execute the above method for determining the state of the HARQ process.
实现上述各方法实施例的全部或部分步骤可以通过程序指令相关的硬件来完成。前述的程序可以存储于一可读取存储器中。该程序在执行时,执行包括上述各方法实施例的步骤;而前述的存储器(存储介质)包括:只读存储器(英文:read-only memory,缩写:ROM)、RAM、快闪存储器、硬盘、固态硬盘、磁带(英文:magnetic tape)、软盘(英文:floppy disk)、光盘(英文:optical disc)及其任意组合。All or part of the steps in the foregoing method embodiments may be implemented by a program instructing relevant hardware. The aforementioned program can be stored in a readable memory. When the program is executed, it executes the steps that include the foregoing method embodiments; and the foregoing memory (storage medium) includes: read-only memory (English: read-only memory, abbreviation: ROM), RAM, flash memory, hard disk, Solid state hard disk, magnetic tape (English: magnetic tape), floppy disk (English: floppy disk), optical disc (English: optical disc) and any combination thereof.
本申请实施例是参照根据本申请实施例的方法、设备(系统)、和计算机程序产品的流程图和/或方框图来描述的。应理解可由计算机程序指令实现流程图和/或方框图中的每一流程和/或方框、以及流程图和/或方框图中的流程和/或方框的结合。可提供这些计算机程序指令到通用计算机、专用计算机、嵌入式处理机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理单元以产生一个机器,使得通过计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理单元执行的指令产生用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的装置。The embodiments of the present application are described with reference to the flowcharts and/or block diagrams of the methods, equipment (systems), and computer program products according to the embodiments of the present application. It should be understood that each process and/or block in the flowchart and/or block diagram, and the combination of processes and/or blocks in the flowchart and/or block diagram can be realized by computer program instructions. These computer program instructions can be provided to the processing unit of a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, an embedded processor, or other programmable data processing equipment to generate a machine, so that the instructions executed by the processing unit of the computer or other programmable data processing equipment can be used to generate It is a device that realizes the functions specified in one process or multiple processes in the flowchart and/or one block or multiple blocks in the block diagram.
这些计算机程序指令也可存储在能引导计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备以特定方式工作的计算机可读存储器中,使得存储在该计算机可读存储器中的指令产生包括指令装置的制造品,该指令装置实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能。These computer program instructions can also be stored in a computer-readable memory that can guide a computer or other programmable data processing equipment to work in a specific manner, so that the instructions stored in the computer-readable memory produce an article of manufacture including the instruction device. The device implements the functions specified in one process or multiple processes in the flowchart and/or one block or multiple blocks in the block diagram.
这些计算机程序指令也可装载到计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备上,使得在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行一系列操作步骤以产生计算机实现的处理,从而在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行的指令提供用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的步骤。These computer program instructions can also be loaded on a computer or other programmable data processing equipment, so that a series of operation steps are executed on the computer or other programmable equipment to produce computer-implemented processing, so as to execute on the computer or other programmable equipment. The instructions provide steps for implementing the functions specified in one process or multiple processes in the flowchart and/or one block or multiple blocks in the block diagram.
显然,本领域的技术人员可以对本申请实施例进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请的精神和范围。这样,倘若本申请实施例的这些修改和变型属于本申请权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内,则本申请也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。Obviously, those skilled in the art can make various changes and modifications to the embodiments of the present application without departing from the spirit and scope of the present application. In this way, if these modifications and variations of the embodiments of the present application fall within the scope of the claims of the present application and their equivalent technologies, the present application also intends to include these modifications and variations.
在本申请中,术语“包括”及其变形可以指非限制性的包括;术语“或”及其变形可以指“和/或”。本本申请中术语“第一”、“第二”等是用于区别类似的对象,而不必用于描述特定的顺序或先后次序。本申请中,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。In this application, the term "including" and its variations may refer to non-limiting inclusion; the term "or" and its variations may refer to "and/or". The terms "first", "second", etc. in this application are used to distinguish similar objects, and are not necessarily used to describe a specific sequence or sequence. In this application, "plurality" means two or more. "And/or" describes the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there can be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone. The character "/" generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or" relationship.

Claims (75)

  1. 一种混合自动重传请求HARQ进程的状态确定方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for determining the state of the HARQ process of hybrid automatic repeat request, which is characterized in that it includes:
    终端设备接收网络设备发送的指示信息,所述指示信息用于确定第一混合自动重传请求HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态,所述HARQ反馈功能状态包括非使能态或使能态;The terminal device receives instruction information sent by the network device, where the instruction information is used to determine the HARQ feedback function state of the first hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ process, and the HARQ feedback function state includes a disabled state or an enabled state;
    所述终端设备根据所述指示信息,确定所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态。The terminal device determines the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process according to the indication information.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一HARQ进程包括下行HARQ进程,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the first HARQ process comprises a downlink HARQ process, and the method further comprises:
    若所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态为非使能态,所述终端设备不向所述网络设备发送所述第一HARQ进程中传输的第一物理信道对应的混合自动重传请求应答HARQ-ACK信息;或,If the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process is in the disabled state, the terminal device does not send the hybrid automatic repeat request response corresponding to the first physical channel transmitted in the first HARQ process to the network device HARQ-ACK information; or,
    若所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态为使能态,所述终端设备向所述网络设备发送所述第一HARQ进程中传输的所述第一物理信道对应的HARQ-ACK信息。If the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process is in the enabled state, the terminal device sends the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the first physical channel transmitted in the first HARQ process to the network device.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一HARQ进程包括上行HARQ进程,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the first HARQ process comprises an uplink HARQ process, and the method further comprises:
    若所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态为非使能态,所述终端设备不等待所述网络设备对所述第一HARQ进程中传输的第一物理信道的反馈;或,If the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process is in the disabled state, the terminal device does not wait for the network device to feedback on the first physical channel transmitted in the first HARQ process; or,
    若所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态为使能态,所述终端设备等待所述网络设备对所述第一HARQ进程中传输的所述第一物理信道的反馈。If the HARQ feedback function state of the first HARQ process is in the enabled state, the terminal device waits for the network device's feedback on the first physical channel transmitted in the first HARQ process.
  4. 根据权利要求1-3任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一HARQ进程包括下行HARQ进程,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-3, wherein the first HARQ process comprises a downlink HARQ process, and the method further comprises:
    若所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态为非使能态,所述终端设备不向所述网络设备发送第一物理信道的HARQ-ACK信息,所述第一物理信道包括以下情况中的至少一种:If the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process is in the disabled state, the terminal device does not send HARQ-ACK information of the first physical channel to the network device, and the first physical channel includes the following situations At least one:
    所述第一物理信道是第一DCI调度的物理下行共享信道PDSCH,所述第一DCI是下行授权,所述第一物理信道通过所述第一HARQ进程传输;The first physical channel is a physical downlink shared channel PDSCH scheduled by a first DCI, the first DCI is a downlink grant, and the first physical channel is transmitted through the first HARQ process;
    所述第一物理信道是第二DCI调度的半持续调度SPS PDSCH,所述第二DCI是SPS配置激活信令,所述第一物理信道通过所述第一HARQ进程传输;The first physical channel is a semi-persistent scheduling SPS PDSCH scheduled by a second DCI, the second DCI is SPS configuration activation signaling, and the first physical channel is transmitted through the first HARQ process;
    所述第一物理信道是无DCI调度的SPS PDSCH,所述第一物理信道通过所述第一HARQ进程传输;The first physical channel is an SPS PDSCH without DCI scheduling, and the first physical channel is transmitted through the first HARQ process;
    所述第一物理信道是用于指示SPS PDSCH释放的PDCCH,所述第一物理信道对应所述第一HARQ进程。The first physical channel is a PDCCH used to indicate SPS PDSCH release, and the first physical channel corresponds to the first HARQ process.
  5. 根据权利要求1-4任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述指示信息包括如下信息中的至少一种:第一指示信息、第二指示信息和第三指示信息;其中,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the indication information comprises at least one of the following information: first indication information, second indication information, and third indication information; wherein,
    所述第一指示信息用于配置所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态;The first indication information is used to configure the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process;
    所述第二指示信息用于激活或去激活所述第一HARQ进程的非使能态;The second indication information is used to activate or deactivate the disabled state of the first HARQ process;
    所述第三指示信息用于动态指示所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态。The third indication information is used to dynamically indicate the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息包括如下信息中的至少一种:The method according to claim 5, wherein the first indication information includes at least one of the following information:
    第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置所述终端设备的HARQ进程集合;First configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to configure the HARQ process set of the terminal device;
    第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于配置所述终端设备的HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态;Second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to configure the HARQ feedback function status of the HARQ process of the terminal device;
    第三配置信息,所述第三配置信息用于配置所述终端设备的HARQ进程集合的HARQ反馈功能状态;Third configuration information, where the third configuration information is used to configure the HARQ feedback function state of the HARQ process set of the terminal device;
    所述第一HARQ进程的标识;The identifier of the first HARQ process;
    所述第一HARQ进程所在的HARQ进程集合的标识;The identifier of the HARQ process set where the first HARQ process is located;
    第一参数信息,所述第一参数信息用于指示至少一个HARQ进程的反馈功能状态,所述至少一个HARQ进程包括所述第一HARQ进程;First parameter information, where the first parameter information is used to indicate a feedback function status of at least one HARQ process, and the at least one HARQ process includes the first HARQ process;
    第一时间信息,所述第一时间信息用于指示至少一个HARQ进程的配置生效时间,所述至少一个HARQ进程包括所述第一HARQ进程。First time information, where the first time information is used to indicate a configuration effective time of at least one HARQ process, and the at least one HARQ process includes the first HARQ process.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息包括无线资源控制RRC信令。The method according to claim 6, wherein the first indication information includes radio resource control RRC signaling.
  8. 根据权利要求5-7任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息包括如下信息中的至少一种:The method according to any one of claims 5-7, wherein the second indication information includes at least one of the following information:
    所述第一HARQ进程的标识;The identifier of the first HARQ process;
    所述第一HARQ进程所在的HARQ进程集合的标识;The identifier of the HARQ process set where the first HARQ process is located;
    第二参数信息,所述第二参数信息用于指示对至少一个HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态进行激活或者去激活,所述至少一个HARQ进程包括所述第一HARQ进程;Second parameter information, where the second parameter information is used to indicate the activation or deactivation of the HARQ feedback function status of at least one HARQ process, the at least one HARQ process including the first HARQ process;
    第二时间信息,所述第二时间信息用于指示至少一个HARQ进程的激活生效时间,所述至少一个HARQ进程包括所述第一HARQ进程。The second time information, where the second time information is used to indicate the activation time of at least one HARQ process, and the at least one HARQ process includes the first HARQ process.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息包括下行控制信息DCI;或,RRC信令;或,媒质接入控制MAC控制单元CE。The method according to claim 8, wherein the second indication information comprises downlink control information DCI; or, RRC signaling; or, a medium access control MAC control unit CE.
  10. 根据权利要求8或9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二参数信息为所述第二指示信息中第一信息域中的信息;The method according to claim 8 or 9, wherein the second parameter information is information in a first information field in the second indication information;
    若所述第一信息域中的信息为第一预设信息,所述第一HARQ进程为激活的非使能态HARQ进程;或,If the information in the first information field is the first preset information, the first HARQ process is an activated non-enabled HARQ process; or,
    若所述第一信息域中的信息为第二预设信息,所述第一HARQ进程为去激活的非使能态HARQ进程。If the information in the first information field is second preset information, the first HARQ process is a deactivated non-enabled HARQ process.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息为DCI,所述第一信息域为所述DCI中的冗余版本信息域;或,所述第一信息域为所述DCI中的独立信息域。The method according to claim 10, wherein the second indication information is DCI, and the first information field is a redundancy version information field in the DCI; or, the first information field is a The independent information field in DCI.
  12. 根据权利要求8或9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二参数信息为所述第二指示信息中至少两个信息域中的信息的组合;The method according to claim 8 or 9, wherein the second parameter information is a combination of information in at least two information fields in the second indication information;
    若所述至少两个信息域中的信息的组合为第一信息组合,所述第一HARQ进程为激活HARQ反馈功能状态为非使能态的HARQ进程;或,If the combination of the information in the at least two information fields is the first combination of information, the first HARQ process is the HARQ process in which the HARQ feedback function is activated and the state is disabled; or,
    若所述至少两个信息域中的信息的组合为第二信息组合,所述第一HARQ进程为去激活HARQ反馈功能状态为非使能态的HARQ进程。If the combination of the information in the at least two information fields is the second combination of information, the first HARQ process is the HARQ process with the HARQ feedback function deactivated in the disabled state.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息为DCI,所述至少两个信息域包括以下至少两个:所述DCI中的冗余版本信息域、调制与编码方式信息域、频域资源分配信息域。The method according to claim 12, wherein the second indication information is DCI, and the at least two information fields include at least two of the following: redundancy version information field, modulation and coding mode in the DCI Information domain, frequency domain resource allocation information domain.
  14. 根据权利要求5-13任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第三指示信息包括如下信息中的至少一种:The method according to any one of claims 5-13, wherein the third indication information includes at least one of the following information:
    所述第一HARQ进程的标识;The identifier of the first HARQ process;
    第三参数信息,所述第三参数信息用于指示所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态。Third parameter information, where the third parameter information is used to indicate the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第三指示信息包括DCI。The method according to claim 14, wherein the third indication information includes DCI.
  16. 根据权利要求14或15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第三参数信息为所述第三指示信息中的第二信息域中的信息;The method according to claim 14 or 15, wherein the third parameter information is information in a second information field in the third indication information;
    若所述第二信息域中的信息为第三预设信息,所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态为使能态;或,If the information in the second information field is the third preset information, the HARQ feedback function state of the first HARQ process is the enabled state; or,
    若所述第二信息域中的信息为第四预设信息,所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态为非使能态。If the information in the second information field is fourth preset information, the HARQ feedback function state of the first HARQ process is in a disabled state.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二信息域为物理下行共享信道PDSCH到HARQ的反馈时间指示域;或,所述第二信息域为独立信息域。The method according to claim 16, wherein the second information field is a physical downlink shared channel PDSCH to HARQ feedback time indication field; or, the second information field is an independent information field.
  18. 根据权利要求5-17任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述指示信息包括所述第一指示信息、所述第二指示信息和所述第三指示信息中的至少两种信息时,所述终端设备接收所述至少两种信息的顺序为:The method according to any one of claims 5-17, wherein the indication information includes at least two of the first indication information, the second indication information, and the third indication information. , The order in which the terminal device receives the at least two types of information is:
    所述第一指示信息、所述第二指示信息、所述第三指示信息。The first indication information, the second indication information, and the third indication information.
  19. 一种混合自动重传请求HARQ进程的状态确定方法,其特征在于,A method for determining the state of a hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ process, which is characterized in that:
    网络设备生成指示信息,所述指示信息用于确定第一混合自动重传请求HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态,所述HARQ反馈功能状态包括非使能态或使能态;The network device generates indication information, the indication information is used to determine the HARQ feedback function state of the first hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ process, and the HARQ feedback function state includes a disabled state or an enabled state;
    所述网络设备向终端设备发送所述指示信息,所述指示信息用于所述终端设备确定所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态。The network device sends the indication information to a terminal device, where the indication information is used by the terminal device to determine the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process.
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一HARQ进程包括下行HARQ进程,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 19, wherein the first HARQ process comprises a downlink HARQ process, and the method further comprises:
    若所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态为非使能态,所述网络设备不接收所述第一HARQ进程中传输的第一物理信道对应的混合自动重传请求应答HARQ-ACK信息;或,If the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process is in the disabled state, the network device does not receive the hybrid automatic repeat request response HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the first physical channel transmitted in the first HARQ process; or,
    若所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态为使能态,所述网络设备接收所述第一HARQ进程中传输的所述第一物理信道对应的HARQ-ACK信息。If the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process is the enabled state, the network device receives the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the first physical channel transmitted in the first HARQ process.
  21. 根据权利要求19或20所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 19 or 20, wherein the method further comprises:
    若所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态为非使能态,所述网络设备在第一时域资源使用所述第一HARQ进程传输第一物理信道后,在第二时域资源使用所述第一HARQ进程传输第二物理信道;或,If the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process is in the disabled state, after the first time domain resource uses the first HARQ process to transmit the first physical channel, the network device uses all the data in the second time domain resource. The first HARQ process transmits the second physical channel; or,
    若所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态为使能态,所述网络设备在第一时域资源使用所述第一HARQ进程传输所述第一物理信道后,不在第二时域资源使用所述第一HARQ进程传输第二物理信道,其中,所述第一时域资源和所述第二时域资源之间的间隔小于第一时间长度。If the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process is enabled, the network device does not use the second time domain resource after the first time domain resource uses the first HARQ process to transmit the first physical channel The first HARQ process transmits a second physical channel, wherein the interval between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource is less than a first time length.
  22. 根据权利要求20或21所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一HARQ进程包括下行HARQ进程,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 20 or 21, wherein the first HARQ process comprises a downlink HARQ process, and the method further comprises:
    若所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态为非使能态,所述网络设备不接收所述终端设备发送的物理信道的HARQ-ACK信息,所述第一物理信道包括以下情况中的至少一种:If the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process is in the disabled state, the network device does not receive HARQ-ACK information of the physical channel sent by the terminal device, and the first physical channel includes at least one of the following situations: A sort of:
    所述第一物理信道是第一DCI调度的物理下行共享信道PDSCH,所述第一DCI是下行授权,所述第一物理信道通过所述第一HARQ进程传输;The first physical channel is a physical downlink shared channel PDSCH scheduled by a first DCI, the first DCI is a downlink grant, and the first physical channel is transmitted through the first HARQ process;
    所述第一物理信道是第二DCI调度的半持续调度SPS PDSCH,所述第二DCI是SPS配置激活信令,所述第一物理信道通过所述第一HARQ进程传输;The first physical channel is a semi-persistent scheduling SPS PDSCH scheduled by a second DCI, the second DCI is SPS configuration activation signaling, and the first physical channel is transmitted through the first HARQ process;
    所述第一物理信道是无DCI调度的SPS PDSCH,所述第一物理信道通过所述第一HARQ进程传输;The first physical channel is an SPS PDSCH without DCI scheduling, and the first physical channel is transmitted through the first HARQ process;
    所述第一物理信道是用于指示SPS PDSCH释放的PDCCH,所述第一物理信道对应所述第一HARQ进程。The first physical channel is a PDCCH used to indicate SPS PDSCH release, and the first physical channel corresponds to the first HARQ process.
  23. 根据权利要求19-22任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述指示信息包括如下信息中的至少一种:第一指示信息、第二指示信息和第三指示信息;其中,The method according to any one of claims 19-22, wherein the indication information comprises at least one of the following information: first indication information, second indication information, and third indication information; wherein,
    所述第一指示信息用于配置所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态;The first indication information is used to configure the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process;
    所述第二指示信息用于激活或去激活所述第一HARQ进程的非使能态;The second indication information is used to activate or deactivate the disabled state of the first HARQ process;
    所述第三指示信息用于动态指示所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态。The third indication information is used to dynamically indicate the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process.
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息包括如下信息中的至少一种:The method according to claim 23, wherein the first indication information includes at least one of the following information:
    第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置所述终端设备的HARQ进程集合;First configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to configure the HARQ process set of the terminal device;
    第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于配置所述终端设备的HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态;Second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to configure the HARQ feedback function status of the HARQ process of the terminal device;
    第三配置信息,所述第三配置信息用于配置所述终端设备的HARQ进程集合的HARQ反馈功能状 态;Third configuration information, where the third configuration information is used to configure the HARQ feedback function status of the HARQ process set of the terminal device;
    所述第一HARQ进程的标识;The identifier of the first HARQ process;
    所述第一HARQ进程所在的HARQ进程集合的标识;The identifier of the HARQ process set where the first HARQ process is located;
    第一参数信息,所述第一参数信息用于指示至少一个HARQ进程的反馈功能状态,所述至少一个HARQ进程包括所述第一HARQ进程;First parameter information, where the first parameter information is used to indicate a feedback function status of at least one HARQ process, and the at least one HARQ process includes the first HARQ process;
    第一时间信息,所述第一时间信息用于指示至少一个HARQ进程的配置生效时间,所述至少一个HARQ进程包括所述第一HARQ进程。First time information, where the first time information is used to indicate a configuration effective time of at least one HARQ process, and the at least one HARQ process includes the first HARQ process.
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息包括无线资源控制RRC信令。The method according to claim 24, wherein the first indication information includes radio resource control RRC signaling.
  26. 根据权利要求23-25任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息包括如下信息中的至少一种:The method according to any one of claims 23-25, wherein the second indication information includes at least one of the following information:
    所述第一HARQ进程的标识;The identifier of the first HARQ process;
    所述第一HARQ进程所在的HARQ进程集合的标识;The identifier of the HARQ process set where the first HARQ process is located;
    第二参数信息,所述第二参数信息用于指示对至少一个HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态进行激活或者去激活,所述至少一个HARQ进程包括所述第一HARQ进程;Second parameter information, where the second parameter information is used to indicate the activation or deactivation of the HARQ feedback function status of at least one HARQ process, the at least one HARQ process including the first HARQ process;
    第二时间信息,所述第二时间信息用于指示至少一个HARQ进程的激活生效时间,所述至少一个HARQ进程包括所述第一HARQ进程。The second time information, where the second time information is used to indicate the activation time of at least one HARQ process, and the at least one HARQ process includes the first HARQ process.
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息包括下行控制信息DCI;或,RRC信令;或,媒质接入控制MAC控制单元CE。The method according to claim 26, wherein the second indication information comprises downlink control information DCI; or, RRC signaling; or, a medium access control MAC control unit CE.
  28. 根据权利要求26所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二参数信息为所述第二指示信息中第一信息域中的信息;The method according to claim 26, wherein the second parameter information is information in a first information field in the second indication information;
    若所述第一信息域中的信息为第一预设信息,所述第一HARQ进程为激活的非使能态HARQ进程;或,If the information in the first information field is the first preset information, the first HARQ process is an activated non-enabled HARQ process; or,
    若所述第一信息域中的信息为第二预设信息,所述第一HARQ进程为去激活的非使能态HARQ进程。If the information in the first information field is second preset information, the first HARQ process is a deactivated non-enabled HARQ process.
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息为DCI,所述第一信息域为所述DCI中的冗余版本信息域;或,所述第一信息域为所述DCI中的独立信息域。The method according to claim 28, wherein the second indication information is DCI, and the first information field is a redundancy version information field in the DCI; or, the first information field is a The independent information field in DCI.
  30. 根据权利要求26所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二参数信息为所述第二指示信息中至少两个信息域中的信息的组合;The method according to claim 26, wherein the second parameter information is a combination of information in at least two information fields in the second indication information;
    若所述至少两个信息域中的信息的组合为第一信息组合,所述第一HARQ进程为激活HARQ反馈功能状态为非使能态的HARQ进程;或,If the combination of the information in the at least two information fields is the first combination of information, the first HARQ process is the HARQ process in which the HARQ feedback function is activated and the state is disabled; or,
    若所述至少两个信息域中的信息的组合为第二信息组合,所述第一HARQ进程为去激活HARQ反馈功能状态为非使能态的HARQ进程。If the combination of the information in the at least two information fields is the second combination of information, the first HARQ process is the HARQ process with the HARQ feedback function deactivated in the disabled state.
  31. 根据权利要求30所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息为DCI,所述至少两个信息域包括以下至少两个:所述DCI中的冗余版本信息域、调制与编码方式信息域、频域资源分配信息域。The method according to claim 30, wherein the second indication information is DCI, and the at least two information fields include at least two of the following: redundancy version information field, modulation and coding mode in the DCI Information domain, frequency domain resource allocation information domain.
  32. 根据权利要求23-31任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第三指示信息包括如下信息中的至少一种:The method according to any one of claims 23-31, wherein the third indication information includes at least one of the following information:
    所述第一HARQ进程的标识;The identifier of the first HARQ process;
    第三参数信息,所述第三参数信息用于指示所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态。Third parameter information, where the third parameter information is used to indicate the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process.
  33. 根据权利要求32所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第三指示信息包括DCI。The method according to claim 32, wherein the third indication information comprises DCI.
  34. 根据权利要求32或33所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第三参数信息为所述第三指示信息中的第二信息域中的信息;The method according to claim 32 or 33, wherein the third parameter information is information in a second information field in the third indication information;
    若所述第二信息域中的信息为第三预设信息,所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态为使能态;或,If the information in the second information field is the third preset information, the HARQ feedback function state of the first HARQ process is the enabled state; or,
    若所述第二信息域中的信息为第四预设信息,所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态为非使能态。If the information in the second information field is fourth preset information, the HARQ feedback function state of the first HARQ process is in a disabled state.
  35. 根据权利要求34所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二信息域为物理下行共享信道PDSCH到HARQ的反馈时间指示域;或,所述第二信息域为独立信息域。The method according to claim 34, wherein the second information field is a physical downlink shared channel PDSCH to HARQ feedback time indication field; or, the second information field is an independent information field.
  36. 根据权利要求23-35任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述指示信息包括所述第一指示信息、所述第二指示信息和所述第三指示信息中的至少两种信息时,所述终端设备接收所述至少两种信息的顺序为:The method according to any one of claims 23-35, wherein the indication information includes at least two of the first indication information, the second indication information, and the third indication information. , The order in which the terminal device receives the at least two types of information is:
    所述第一指示信息、所述第二指示信息、所述第三指示信息。The first indication information, the second indication information, and the third indication information.
  37. 一种混合自动重传请求HARQ进程的状态确定装置,其特征在于,包括:接收模块和处理模块,其中,A device for determining the state of a HARQ process with a hybrid automatic repeat request, which is characterized by comprising: a receiving module and a processing module, wherein:
    所述接收模块用于,接收网络设备发送的指示信息,所述指示信息用于确定第一混合自动重传请求HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态,所述HARQ反馈功能状态包括非使能态或使能态;The receiving module is configured to receive indication information sent by a network device, where the indication information is used to determine the HARQ feedback function state of the first hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ process, and the HARQ feedback function state includes the disabled state or the enabled state. Energy state
    所述处理模块用于,根据所述指示信息,确定所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态。The processing module is configured to determine the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process according to the indication information.
  38. 根据权利要求37所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置还包括发送模块,其中,所述第一HARQ进程包括下行HARQ进程时,The device according to claim 37, wherein the device further comprises a sending module, wherein when the first HARQ process includes a downlink HARQ process,
    若所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态为非使能态,所述发送模块不向所述网络设备发送所述第一HARQ进程中传输的第一物理信道对应的混合自动重传请求应答HARQ-ACK信息;或,If the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process is in the disabled state, the sending module does not send the hybrid automatic repeat request response corresponding to the first physical channel transmitted in the first HARQ process to the network device HARQ-ACK information; or,
    若所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态为使能态,所述发送模块向所述网络设备发送所述第一HARQ进程中传输的所述第一物理信道对应的HARQ-ACK信息。If the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process is the enabled state, the sending module sends the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the first physical channel transmitted in the first HARQ process to the network device.
  39. 根据权利要求37或38所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一HARQ进程包括上行HARQ进程;The apparatus according to claim 37 or 38, wherein the first HARQ process comprises an uplink HARQ process;
    若所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态为非使能态,所述处理模块不等待所述网络设备对 所述第一HARQ进程中传输的第一物理信道的反馈;或,If the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process is in the disabled state, the processing module does not wait for the network device to feedback on the first physical channel transmitted in the first HARQ process; or,
    若所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态为使能态,所述处理模块等待所述网络设备对所述第一HARQ进程中传输的所述第一物理信道的反馈。If the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process is the enabled state, the processing module waits for the feedback of the network device on the first physical channel transmitted in the first HARQ process.
  40. 根据权利要求37-39任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一HARQ进程包括下行HARQ进程;The apparatus according to any one of claims 37-39, wherein the first HARQ process comprises a downlink HARQ process;
    若所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态为非使能态,所述发送模块不向所述网络设备发送第一物理信道的HARQ-ACK信息,所述第一物理信道包括以下情况中的至少一种:If the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process is in the disabled state, the sending module does not send HARQ-ACK information of the first physical channel to the network device, and the first physical channel includes the following situations At least one:
    所述第一物理信道是第一DCI调度的物理下行共享信道PDSCH,所述第一DCI是下行授权,所述第一物理信道通过所述第一HARQ进程传输;The first physical channel is a physical downlink shared channel PDSCH scheduled by a first DCI, the first DCI is a downlink grant, and the first physical channel is transmitted through the first HARQ process;
    所述第一物理信道是第二DCI调度的半持续调度SPS PDSCH,所述第二DCI是SPS配置激活信令,所述第一物理信道通过所述第一HARQ进程传输;The first physical channel is a semi-persistent scheduling SPS PDSCH scheduled by a second DCI, the second DCI is SPS configuration activation signaling, and the first physical channel is transmitted through the first HARQ process;
    所述第一物理信道是无DCI调度的SPS PDSCH,所述第一物理信道通过所述第一HARQ进程传输;The first physical channel is an SPS PDSCH without DCI scheduling, and the first physical channel is transmitted through the first HARQ process;
    所述第一物理信道是用于指示SPS PDSCH释放的PDCCH,所述第一物理信道对应所述第一HARQ进程。The first physical channel is a PDCCH used to indicate SPS PDSCH release, and the first physical channel corresponds to the first HARQ process.
  41. 根据权利要求37-40任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述指示信息包括如下信息中的至少一种:第一指示信息、第二指示信息和第三指示信息;其中,The device according to any one of claims 37-40, wherein the indication information comprises at least one of the following information: first indication information, second indication information, and third indication information; wherein,
    所述第一指示信息用于配置所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态;The first indication information is used to configure the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process;
    所述第二指示信息用于激活或去激活所述第一HARQ进程的非使能态;The second indication information is used to activate or deactivate the disabled state of the first HARQ process;
    所述第三指示信息用于动态指示所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态。The third indication information is used to dynamically indicate the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process.
  42. 根据权利要求41所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息包括如下信息中的至少一种:The device according to claim 41, wherein the first indication information comprises at least one of the following information:
    第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置终端设备的HARQ进程集合;First configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to configure the HARQ process set of the terminal device;
    第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于配置所述终端设备的HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态;Second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to configure the HARQ feedback function status of the HARQ process of the terminal device;
    第三配置信息,所述第三配置信息用于配置所述终端设备的HARQ进程集合的HARQ反馈功能状态;Third configuration information, where the third configuration information is used to configure the HARQ feedback function state of the HARQ process set of the terminal device;
    所述第一HARQ进程的标识;The identifier of the first HARQ process;
    所述第一HARQ进程所在的HARQ进程集合的标识;The identifier of the HARQ process set where the first HARQ process is located;
    第一参数信息,所述第一参数信息用于指示至少一个HARQ进程的反馈功能状态,所述至少一个HARQ进程包括所述第一HARQ进程;First parameter information, where the first parameter information is used to indicate a feedback function status of at least one HARQ process, and the at least one HARQ process includes the first HARQ process;
    第一时间信息,所述第一时间信息用于指示至少一个HARQ进程的配置生效时间,所述至少一个HARQ进程包括所述第一HARQ进程。First time information, where the first time information is used to indicate a configuration effective time of at least one HARQ process, and the at least one HARQ process includes the first HARQ process.
  43. 根据权利要求42所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息包括无线资源控制RRC信令。The apparatus according to claim 42, wherein the first indication information comprises radio resource control RRC signaling.
  44. 根据权利要求41-43任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息包括如下信息中的至少一种:The device according to any one of claims 41-43, wherein the second indication information comprises at least one of the following information:
    所述第一HARQ进程的标识;The identifier of the first HARQ process;
    所述第一HARQ进程所在的HARQ进程集合的标识;The identifier of the HARQ process set where the first HARQ process is located;
    第二参数信息,所述第二参数信息用于指示对至少一个HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态进行激活或者去激活,所述至少一个HARQ进程包括所述第一HARQ进程;Second parameter information, where the second parameter information is used to indicate the activation or deactivation of the HARQ feedback function status of at least one HARQ process, the at least one HARQ process including the first HARQ process;
    第二时间信息,所述第二时间信息用于指示至少一个HARQ进程的激活生效时间,所述至少一个HARQ进程包括所述第一HARQ进程。The second time information, where the second time information is used to indicate the activation time of at least one HARQ process, and the at least one HARQ process includes the first HARQ process.
  45. 根据权利要求44所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息包括下行控制信息DCI;或,RRC信令;或,媒质接入控制MAC控制单元CE。The apparatus according to claim 44, wherein the second indication information comprises downlink control information DCI; or, RRC signaling; or, a medium access control MAC control unit CE.
  46. 根据权利要求44或45所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二参数信息为所述第二指示信息中第一信息域中的信息;The device according to claim 44 or 45, wherein the second parameter information is information in a first information field in the second indication information;
    若所述第一信息域中的信息为第一预设信息,所述第一HARQ进程为激活的非使能态HARQ进程;或,If the information in the first information field is the first preset information, the first HARQ process is an activated non-enabled HARQ process; or,
    若所述第一信息域中的信息为第二预设信息,所述第一HARQ进程为去激活的非使能态HARQ进程。If the information in the first information field is second preset information, the first HARQ process is a deactivated non-enabled HARQ process.
  47. 根据权利要求46所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息为DCI,所述第一信息域为所述DCI中的冗余版本信息域;或,所述第一信息域为所述DCI中的独立信息域。The apparatus according to claim 46, wherein the second indication information is DCI, and the first information field is a redundancy version information field in the DCI; or, the first information field is a The independent information field in DCI.
  48. 根据权利要求44或45所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二参数信息为所述第二指示信息中至少两个信息域中的信息的组合;The device according to claim 44 or 45, wherein the second parameter information is a combination of information in at least two information fields in the second indication information;
    若所述至少两个信息域中的信息的组合为第一信息组合,所述第一HARQ进程为激活HARQ反馈功能状态为非使能态的HARQ进程;或,If the combination of the information in the at least two information fields is the first combination of information, the first HARQ process is the HARQ process in which the HARQ feedback function is activated and the state is disabled; or,
    若所述至少两个信息域中的信息的组合为第二信息组合,所述第一HARQ进程为去激活HARQ反馈功能状态为非使能态的HARQ进程。If the combination of the information in the at least two information fields is the second combination of information, the first HARQ process is the HARQ process with the HARQ feedback function deactivated in the disabled state.
  49. 根据权利要求48所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息为DCI,所述至少两个信息域包括以下至少两个:所述DCI中的冗余版本信息域、调制与编码方式信息域、频域资源分配信息域。The apparatus according to claim 48, wherein the second indication information is DCI, and the at least two information fields include at least two of the following: redundancy version information field, modulation and coding mode in the DCI Information domain, frequency domain resource allocation information domain.
  50. 根据权利要求42-49任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第三指示信息包括如下信息中的至少一种:The device according to any one of claims 42-49, wherein the third indication information comprises at least one of the following information:
    所述第一HARQ进程的标识;The identifier of the first HARQ process;
    第三参数信息,所述第三参数信息用于指示所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态。Third parameter information, where the third parameter information is used to indicate the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process.
  51. 根据权利要求50所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第三指示信息包括DCI。The apparatus according to claim 50, wherein the third indication information comprises DCI.
  52. 根据权利要求50或51所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第三参数信息为所述第三指示信息中 的第二信息域中的信息;The device according to claim 50 or 51, wherein the third parameter information is information in a second information field in the third indication information;
    若所述第二信息域中的信息为第三预设信息,所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态为使能态;或,If the information in the second information field is the third preset information, the HARQ feedback function state of the first HARQ process is the enabled state; or,
    若所述第二信息域中的信息为第四预设信息,所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态为非使能态。If the information in the second information field is fourth preset information, the HARQ feedback function state of the first HARQ process is in a disabled state.
  53. 根据权利要求52所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二信息域为物理下行共享信道PDSCH到HARQ的反馈时间指示域;或,所述第二信息域为独立信息域。The apparatus according to claim 52, wherein the second information field is a physical downlink shared channel PDSCH to HARQ feedback time indication field; or, the second information field is an independent information field.
  54. 根据权利要求42-53任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述指示信息包括所述第一指示信息、所述第二指示信息和所述第三指示信息中的至少两种信息时,所述终端设备接收所述至少两种信息的顺序为:The device according to any one of claims 42-53, wherein the indication information includes at least two of the first indication information, the second indication information, and the third indication information. , The order in which the terminal device receives the at least two types of information is:
    所述第一指示信息、所述第二指示信息、所述第三指示信息。The first indication information, the second indication information, and the third indication information.
  55. 一种混合自动重传请求HARQ进程的状态确定装置,其特征在于,包括处理模块和发送模块,其中,A device for determining the state of a HARQ process with a hybrid automatic repeat request, which is characterized in that it comprises a processing module and a sending module, wherein:
    所述处理模块用于,生成指示信息,所述指示信息用于确定第一混合自动重传请求HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态,所述HARQ反馈功能状态包括非使能态或使能态;The processing module is configured to generate indication information, the indication information is used to determine the HARQ feedback function state of the first hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ process, and the HARQ feedback function state includes a disabled state or an enabled state;
    所述发送模块用于,向终端设备发送所述指示信息,所述指示信息用于所述终端设备确定所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态。The sending module is configured to send the indication information to a terminal device, where the indication information is used by the terminal device to determine the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process.
  56. 根据权利要求55所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置还包括接收模块,所述第一HARQ进程包括下行HARQ进程;The device according to claim 55, wherein the device further comprises a receiving module, and the first HARQ process comprises a downlink HARQ process;
    若所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态为非使能态,所述接收模块不接收所述第一HARQ进程中传输的第一物理信道对应的混合自动重传请求应答HARQ-ACK信息;或,If the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process is in the disabled state, the receiving module does not receive the hybrid automatic repeat request response HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the first physical channel transmitted in the first HARQ process; or,
    若所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态为使能态,所述接收模块接收所述第一HARQ进程中传输的所述第一物理信道对应的HARQ-ACK信息。If the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process is the enabled state, the receiving module receives HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the first physical channel transmitted in the first HARQ process.
  57. 根据权利要求56所述的装置,其特征在于,The device of claim 56, wherein:
    若所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态为非使能态,所述发送模块在第一时域资源使用所述第一HARQ进程传输第一物理信道后,在第二时域资源使用所述第一HARQ进程传输第二物理信道;或,If the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process is in the disabled state, the sending module uses all the resources in the second time domain after the first time domain resource uses the first HARQ process to transmit the first physical channel. The first HARQ process transmits the second physical channel; or,
    若所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态为使能态,所述发送模块在第一时域资源使用所述第一HARQ进程传输所述第一物理信道后,不在第二时域资源使用所述第一HARQ进程传输第二物理信道,其中,所述第一时域资源和所述第二时域资源之间的间隔小于第一时间长度。If the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process is enabled, the sending module does not use the second time domain resource after the first time domain resource uses the first HARQ process to transmit the first physical channel The first HARQ process transmits a second physical channel, wherein the interval between the first time domain resource and the second time domain resource is less than a first time length.
  58. 根据权利要求56或57所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一HARQ进程包括下行HARQ进程;The apparatus according to claim 56 or 57, wherein the first HARQ process comprises a downlink HARQ process;
    若所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态为非使能态,所述接收模块不接收所述终端设备发送的物理信道的HARQ-ACK信息,所述第一物理信道包括以下情况中的至少一种:If the HARQ feedback function state of the first HARQ process is in the disabled state, the receiving module does not receive the HARQ-ACK information of the physical channel sent by the terminal device, and the first physical channel includes at least one of the following situations: A sort of:
    所述第一物理信道是第一DCI调度的物理下行共享信道PDSCH,所述第一DCI是下行授权,所述第一物理信道通过所述第一HARQ进程传输;The first physical channel is a physical downlink shared channel PDSCH scheduled by a first DCI, the first DCI is a downlink grant, and the first physical channel is transmitted through the first HARQ process;
    所述第一物理信道是第二DCI调度的半持续调度SPS PDSCH,所述第二DCI是SPS配置激活信令,所述第一物理信道通过所述第一HARQ进程传输;The first physical channel is a semi-persistent scheduling SPS PDSCH scheduled by a second DCI, the second DCI is SPS configuration activation signaling, and the first physical channel is transmitted through the first HARQ process;
    所述第一物理信道是无DCI调度的SPS PDSCH,所述第一物理信道通过所述第一HARQ进程传输;The first physical channel is an SPS PDSCH without DCI scheduling, and the first physical channel is transmitted through the first HARQ process;
    所述第一物理信道是用于指示SPS PDSCH释放的PDCCH,所述第一物理信道对应所述第一HARQ进程。The first physical channel is a PDCCH used to indicate SPS PDSCH release, and the first physical channel corresponds to the first HARQ process.
  59. 根据权利要求55-58任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述指示信息包括如下信息中的至少一种:第一指示信息、第二指示信息和第三指示信息;其中,The device according to any one of claims 55-58, wherein the indication information comprises at least one of the following information: first indication information, second indication information, and third indication information; wherein,
    所述第一指示信息用于配置所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态;The first indication information is used to configure the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process;
    所述第二指示信息用于激活或去激活所述第一HARQ进程的非使能态;The second indication information is used to activate or deactivate the disabled state of the first HARQ process;
    所述第三指示信息用于动态指示所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态。The third indication information is used to dynamically indicate the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process.
  60. 根据权利要求59所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息包括如下信息中的至少一种:The device according to claim 59, wherein the first indication information comprises at least one of the following information:
    第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置所述终端设备的HARQ进程集合;First configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to configure the HARQ process set of the terminal device;
    第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于配置所述终端设备的HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态;Second configuration information, where the second configuration information is used to configure the HARQ feedback function status of the HARQ process of the terminal device;
    第三配置信息,所述第三配置信息用于配置所述终端设备的HARQ进程集合的HARQ反馈功能状态;Third configuration information, where the third configuration information is used to configure the HARQ feedback function state of the HARQ process set of the terminal device;
    所述第一HARQ进程的标识;The identifier of the first HARQ process;
    所述第一HARQ进程所在的HARQ进程集合的标识;The identifier of the HARQ process set where the first HARQ process is located;
    第一参数信息,所述第一参数信息用于指示至少一个HARQ进程的反馈功能状态,所述至少一个HARQ进程包括所述第一HARQ进程;First parameter information, where the first parameter information is used to indicate a feedback function status of at least one HARQ process, and the at least one HARQ process includes the first HARQ process;
    第一时间信息,所述第一时间信息用于指示至少一个HARQ进程的配置生效时间,所述至少一个HARQ进程包括所述第一HARQ进程。First time information, where the first time information is used to indicate a configuration effective time of at least one HARQ process, and the at least one HARQ process includes the first HARQ process.
  61. 根据权利要求60所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息包括无线资源控制RRC信令。The apparatus according to claim 60, wherein the first indication information comprises radio resource control RRC signaling.
  62. 根据权利要求59-61任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息包括如下信息中的至少一种:The device according to any one of claims 59-61, wherein the second indication information comprises at least one of the following information:
    所述第一HARQ进程的标识;The identifier of the first HARQ process;
    所述第一HARQ进程所在的HARQ进程集合的标识;The identifier of the HARQ process set where the first HARQ process is located;
    第二参数信息,所述第二参数信息用于指示对至少一个HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态进行激活或者去激活,所述至少一个HARQ进程包括所述第一HARQ进程;Second parameter information, where the second parameter information is used to indicate the activation or deactivation of the HARQ feedback function status of at least one HARQ process, the at least one HARQ process including the first HARQ process;
    第二时间信息,所述第二时间信息用于指示至少一个HARQ进程的激活生效时间,所述至少一个HARQ进程包括所述第一HARQ进程。The second time information, where the second time information is used to indicate the activation time of at least one HARQ process, and the at least one HARQ process includes the first HARQ process.
  63. 根据权利要求62所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息包括下行控制信息DCI;或,RRC信令;或,媒质接入控制MAC控制单元CE。The apparatus according to claim 62, wherein the second indication information comprises downlink control information DCI; or, RRC signaling; or, a medium access control MAC control unit CE.
  64. 根据权利要求62所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二参数信息为所述第二指示信息中第一信息域中的信息;The device according to claim 62, wherein the second parameter information is information in a first information field in the second indication information;
    若所述第一信息域中的信息为第一预设信息,所述第一HARQ进程为激活的非使能态HARQ进程;或,If the information in the first information field is the first preset information, the first HARQ process is an activated non-enabled HARQ process; or,
    若所述第一信息域中的信息为第二预设信息,所述第一HARQ进程为去激活的非使能态HARQ进程。If the information in the first information field is second preset information, the first HARQ process is a deactivated non-enabled HARQ process.
  65. 根据权利要求64所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息为DCI,所述第一信息域为所述DCI中的冗余版本信息域;或,所述第一信息域为所述DCI中的独立信息域。The apparatus according to claim 64, wherein the second indication information is DCI, and the first information field is a redundancy version information field in the DCI; or, the first information field is a The independent information field in DCI.
  66. 根据权利要求62所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二参数信息为所述第二指示信息中至少两个信息域中的信息的组合;The device according to claim 62, wherein the second parameter information is a combination of information in at least two information fields in the second indication information;
    若所述至少两个信息域中的信息的组合为第一信息组合,所述第一HARQ进程为激活HARQ反馈功能状态为非使能态的HARQ进程;或,If the combination of the information in the at least two information fields is the first combination of information, the first HARQ process is the HARQ process in which the HARQ feedback function is activated and the state is disabled; or,
    若所述至少两个信息域中的信息的组合为第二信息组合,所述第一HARQ进程为去激活HARQ反馈功能状态为非使能态的HARQ进程。If the combination of the information in the at least two information fields is the second combination of information, the first HARQ process is the HARQ process with the HARQ feedback function deactivated in the disabled state.
  67. 根据权利要求66所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息为DCI,所述至少两个信息域包括以下至少两个:所述DCI中的冗余版本信息域、调制与编码方式信息域、频域资源分配信息域。The apparatus according to claim 66, wherein the second indication information is DCI, and the at least two information fields include at least two of the following: redundancy version information field, modulation and coding mode in the DCI Information domain, frequency domain resource allocation information domain.
  68. 根据权利要求59-67任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第三指示信息包括如下信息中的至少一种:The device according to any one of claims 59-67, wherein the third indication information comprises at least one of the following information:
    所述第一HARQ进程的标识;The identifier of the first HARQ process;
    第三参数信息,所述第三参数信息用于指示所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态。Third parameter information, where the third parameter information is used to indicate the HARQ feedback function status of the first HARQ process.
  69. 根据权利要求68所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第三指示信息包括DCI。The apparatus according to claim 68, wherein the third indication information comprises DCI.
  70. 根据权利要求68或69所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第三参数信息为所述第三指示信息中的第二信息域中的信息;The device according to claim 68 or 69, wherein the third parameter information is information in a second information field in the third indication information;
    若所述第二信息域中的信息为第三预设信息,所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态为使能态;或,If the information in the second information field is the third preset information, the HARQ feedback function state of the first HARQ process is the enabled state; or,
    若所述第二信息域中的信息为第四预设信息,所述第一HARQ进程的HARQ反馈功能状态为非使能态。If the information in the second information field is fourth preset information, the HARQ feedback function state of the first HARQ process is in a disabled state.
  71. 根据权利要求70所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二信息域为物理下行共享信道PDSCH到HARQ的反馈时间指示域;或,所述第二信息域为独立信息域。The apparatus according to claim 70, wherein the second information field is a physical downlink shared channel PDSCH to HARQ feedback time indication field; or, the second information field is an independent information field.
  72. 根据权利要求59-71任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述指示信息包括所述第一指示信息、所述第二指示信息和所述第三指示信息中的至少两种信息时,所述终端设备接收所述至少两种信息的顺序为:The device according to any one of claims 59-71, wherein the indication information includes at least two of the first indication information, the second indication information, and the third indication information. , The order in which the terminal device receives the at least two types of information is:
    所述第一指示信息、所述第二指示信息、所述第三指示信息。The first indication information, the second indication information, and the third indication information.
  73. 一种终端设备,其特征在于,包括:收发器、处理器、存储器;A terminal device, characterized by comprising: a transceiver, a processor, and a memory;
    所述存储器存储计算机执行指令;The memory stores computer execution instructions;
    所述处理器执行所述存储器存储的计算机执行指令,使得所述处理器执行如权利要求1至18任一项所述的HARQ进程的状态确定方法。The processor executes the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory, so that the processor executes the method for determining the state of the HARQ process according to any one of claims 1 to 18.
  74. 一种网络设备,其特征在于,包括:收发器、处理器、存储器;A network device, characterized by comprising: a transceiver, a processor, and a memory;
    所述存储器存储计算机执行指令;The memory stores computer execution instructions;
    所述处理器执行所述存储器存储的计算机执行指令,使得所述处理器执行如权利要求19至36任一项所述的HARQ进程的状态确定方法。The processor executes the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory, so that the processor executes the method for determining the state of the HARQ process according to any one of claims 19 to 36.
  75. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机执行指令,当所述计算机执行指令被处理器执行时用于实现权利要求1至18任一项所述的HARQ进程的状态确定方法,或者权利要求19至36任一项所述的HARQ进程的状态确定方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that a computer-executable instruction is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer-executable instruction is executed by a processor, it is used to implement any one of claims 1 to 18 The method for determining the state of the HARQ process, or the method for determining the state of the HARQ process according to any one of claims 19 to 36.
PCT/CN2020/077285 2020-02-28 2020-02-28 Method, apparatus and device for determining status of harq process WO2021168835A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2020/077285 WO2021168835A1 (en) 2020-02-28 2020-02-28 Method, apparatus and device for determining status of harq process
CN202080085039.1A CN114788204B (en) 2020-02-28 2020-02-28 Method, device and equipment for determining state of HARQ (hybrid automatic repeat request) process

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2020/077285 WO2021168835A1 (en) 2020-02-28 2020-02-28 Method, apparatus and device for determining status of harq process

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021168835A1 true WO2021168835A1 (en) 2021-09-02

Family

ID=77490611

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/077285 WO2021168835A1 (en) 2020-02-28 2020-02-28 Method, apparatus and device for determining status of harq process

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN114788204B (en)
WO (1) WO2021168835A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN115004597A (en) * 2022-04-25 2022-09-02 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Method and device for processing hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) feedback
WO2023050412A1 (en) * 2021-09-30 2023-04-06 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Harq-ack information feedback method and apparatus, device, and medium

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024055319A1 (en) * 2022-09-16 2024-03-21 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Wireless communication method, terminal device, and network device

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20080133995A1 (en) * 2004-01-22 2008-06-05 Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. Method for Switching Between Asynchronous and Synchronous Harq Retransmission Mode
CN101388756A (en) * 2007-09-11 2009-03-18 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Data package transmission method and apparatus
WO2014110790A1 (en) * 2013-01-18 2014-07-24 华为技术有限公司 Method, base station, and user equipment for processing feedback information
CN108633070A (en) * 2017-03-24 2018-10-09 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 Semi-static resource scheduling method, Poewr control method and respective user equipment

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2018191870A1 (en) * 2017-04-18 2018-10-25 华为技术有限公司 Method and apparatus for data transmission
CN108809541B (en) * 2017-05-05 2021-08-03 华为技术有限公司 Uplink data transmission method and device
CN109391372B (en) * 2017-08-11 2021-08-13 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device
CN110557233A (en) * 2019-09-26 2019-12-10 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Codebook feedback method, device, equipment and storage medium

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20080133995A1 (en) * 2004-01-22 2008-06-05 Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. Method for Switching Between Asynchronous and Synchronous Harq Retransmission Mode
CN101388756A (en) * 2007-09-11 2009-03-18 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Data package transmission method and apparatus
WO2014110790A1 (en) * 2013-01-18 2014-07-24 华为技术有限公司 Method, base station, and user equipment for processing feedback information
CN108633070A (en) * 2017-03-24 2018-10-09 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 Semi-static resource scheduling method, Poewr control method and respective user equipment

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023050412A1 (en) * 2021-09-30 2023-04-06 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Harq-ack information feedback method and apparatus, device, and medium
CN115004597A (en) * 2022-04-25 2022-09-02 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Method and device for processing hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) feedback
WO2023206033A1 (en) * 2022-04-25 2023-11-02 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Hybrid automatic repeat request (harq) feedback processing method and apparatus therefor

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN114788204A (en) 2022-07-22
CN114788204B (en) 2023-11-10

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021168833A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus, and device
WO2021168834A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus, and device
WO2021168835A1 (en) Method, apparatus and device for determining status of harq process
WO2021237721A1 (en) Harq-ack codebook feedback method and terminal device
WO2022006914A1 (en) Method for feeding back hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgement (harq-ack) and terminal device
WO2021237702A1 (en) Harq-ack codebook feedback methods and terminal device
WO2022021007A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device and network device
WO2021217378A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device and network device
US20230337320A1 (en) Wireless communication method and terminal device
WO2022061661A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device and network device
WO2022099555A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device, and network device
WO2021227142A1 (en) Harq-ack codebook feedback method, terminal device and network device
WO2021226850A1 (en) Harq-ack codebook feedback method, terminal device, and network device
WO2019191911A1 (en) Data transmission method and device
WO2023004584A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device, and network device
WO2023004789A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device, and network device
WO2023039811A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
CN116114197B (en) Wireless communication method, terminal equipment and network equipment
WO2022061548A1 (en) Method for radio communication, terminal device, and network device
WO2022205436A1 (en) Wireless communication method and terminal device
WO2022027669A1 (en) Method for transmitting feedback information, terminal device, and network device
WO2024055319A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device, and network device
WO2022056725A1 (en) Channel feedback method, terminal device and network device
WO2022021311A1 (en) Wireless communication method and terminal device
WO2024026678A1 (en) Wireless communication methods, terminal devices and network devices

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20921512

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20921512

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1